Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food...

209
UNIVERSITATIS OULUENSIS ACTA G OECONOMICA G 71 ACTA Abdul Kareem Mohamed Ashraf OULU 2014 G 71 Abdul Kareem Mohamed Ashraf CROSS-FUNCTIONAL CONFLICTS IN NEW PRODUCT LAUNCHES IN THE FOOD INDUSTRY UNIVERSITY OF OULU GRADUATE SCHOOL; UNIVERSITY OF OULU, OULU BUSINESS SCHOOL, DEPARTMENT OF MARKETING

Transcript of Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food...

Page 1: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

ABCDEFG

UNIVERSITY OF OULU P .O. B 00 F I -90014 UNIVERSITY OF OULU FINLAND

A C T A U N I V E R S I T A T I S O U L U E N S I S

S E R I E S E D I T O R S

SCIENTIAE RERUM NATURALIUM

HUMANIORA

TECHNICA

MEDICA

SCIENTIAE RERUM SOCIALIUM

SCRIPTA ACADEMICA

OECONOMICA

EDITOR IN CHIEF

PUBLICATIONS EDITOR

Professor Esa Hohtola

University Lecturer Santeri Palviainen

Postdoctoral research fellow Sanna Taskila

Professor Olli Vuolteenaho

University Lecturer Veli-Matti Ulvinen

Director Sinikka Eskelinen

Professor Jari Juga

Professor Olli Vuolteenaho

Publications Editor Kirsti Nurkkala

ISBN 978-952-62-0644-8 (Paperback)ISBN 978-952-62-0645-5 (PDF)ISSN 1455-2647 (Print)ISSN 1796-2269 (Online)

U N I V E R S I TAT I S O U L U E N S I SACTAG

OECONOMICA

G 71

ACTA

Abdul K

areem M

ohamed A

shraf

OULU 2014

G 71

Abdul Kareem Mohamed Ashraf

CROSS-FUNCTIONAL CONFLICTS IN NEW PRODUCT LAUNCHES INTHE FOOD INDUSTRY

UNIVERSITY OF OULU GRADUATE SCHOOL;UNIVERSITY OF OULU,OULU BUSINESS SCHOOL,DEPARTMENT OF MARKETING

Page 2: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful
Page 3: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

A C T A U N I V E R S I T A T I S O U L U E N S I SG O e c o n o m i c a 7 1

ABDUL KAREEM MOHAMED ASHRAF

CROSS-FUNCTIONAL CONFLICTS IN NEW PRODUCT LAUNCHES IN THE FOOD INDUSTRY

Academic dissertation to be presented with the assent ofThe Doctoral Training Committee of Human Sciences,University of Oulu for public defence in the Arinaauditorium (TA105), Linnanmaa, on 17 December 2014,at 12 noon

UNIVERSITY OF OULU, OULU 2014

Page 4: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

Copyright © 2014Acta Univ. Oul. G 71, 2014

Supervised byProfessor Pauliina UlkuniemiProfessor Veikko Seppänen

Reviewed byDoctor Kari LeppäläDoctor Leena Aarikka-Stenroos

ISBN 978-952-62-0644-8 (Paperback)ISBN 978-952-62-0645-5 (PDF)

ISSN 1455-2647 (Printed)ISSN 1796-2269 (Online)

Cover DesignRaimo Ahonen

JUVENES PRINTTAMPERE 2014

OpponentProfessor Olli Kuivalainen

Page 5: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

Ashraf, Abdul Kareem Mohamed, Cross-functional conflicts in new productlaunches in the food industry. University of Oulu Graduate School; University of Oulu, Oulu Business School, Department ofMarketingActa Univ. Oul. G 71, 2014University of Oulu, P.O. Box 8000, FI-90014 University of Oulu, Finland

Abstract

This study explores the cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the context of foodindustry, with particular focus to fast moving consumer goods setting. The purpose of this studyis to develop an empirically grounded model of cross-functional conflicts in new product launchesfor the food industry.

The theoretical approach taken in this study follows the resource based view of the firm. Thetheoretical framework was developed to make the conflict enablers, cross-functional conflicts andnew product launches explicit for analysis.

The empirical part of this study includes a qualitative single case study, which wasgeographically and culturally focused on Saudi Arabia. The research data was collected primarilythrough interviews from selected informants of the selected case company and representatives oftwo strategic partners and two competitors. The data was analyzed to empirically elaborate thetheoretical framework. As a result of the data analysis, the cross-functional conflicts werecategorized under task and relationship conflicts. The role of marketing resources in cross-functional conflicts was found to be more complex than what had been reported in their earlierresearch. The results of the data analysis were used to revise the theoretical model of cross-functional conflicts in the new product launches. The research provides several theoreticalcontributions and managerial implications in cross-functional conflicts in new product launches.

Keywords: brand extension, cross-functional conflicts, fast moving consumer goods,line extension, products

Page 6: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful
Page 7: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

Ashraf, Abdul Kareem Mohamed, Yrityksen toimintojen väliset konfliktit uusientuotteiden lanseerauksessa elintarviketeollisuudessa. Oulun yliopiston tutkijakoulu; Oulun yliopisto, Oulun yliopiston kauppakorkeakoulu,Markkinoinnin yksikköActa Univ. Oul. G 71, 2014Oulun yliopisto, PL 8000, 90014 Oulun yliopisto

Abstrakti

Väitöstutkimuksessa tarkastellaan yrityksen toimintojen välisiä konflikteja uusien tuotteiden lan-seerauksen yhteydessä. Empiirisenä kohdetoimialana tarkastellaan elintarviketeollisuutta, erityi-sesti nopeasti liikkuvien kulutustuotteiden kontekstissa. Tutkimuksen tarkoituksena on kehittääempiirisesti perusteltu malli toimintojen välisistä konflikteista uusien tuotteiden lanseerauksessaelintarviketeollisuudessa.

Tutkimuksen teoreettinen lähestymistapa hyödyntää resurssiperustaista teoriaa. Työssä laadi-tun teoreettisen viitekehyksen avulla voidaan analysoida konfliktien mahdollistajia, toimintojenvälisiä konflikteja ja uusien tuotteiden lanseerausta.

Tutkimuksen empiirisessä osassa on toteutettu laadullinen tapaustutkimus, joka sijoittuumaantieteellisesti ja kulttuurisesti Saudi Arabiaan. Tutkimusaineisto kerättiin pääasiassa haastat-telemalla valitun kohdeyrityksen edustajia sekä kahden strategisen kumppaniyrityksen edustajiasekä kahden kilpailijayrityksen edustajia. Teoreettista viitekehystä täydennettiin ja täsmennettiinempiirisen aineiston analyysin avulla. Tutkimustulokset osoittavat, että toimintojen välisiä kon-flikteja voidaan kategorisoida tehtävään ja suhteisiin liittyviin konflikteihin. Markkinointiresurs-sien rooli toimintojen välisissä konflikteissa näyttäytyi monimutkaisempana kuin olemassa olevakirjallisuus antoi olettaa. Teoreettista mallia muokattiin empiirisen analyysin perusteella. Tutki-mus tarjoaa useita teoreettisia kontribuutioita ja liikkeenjohdollisia implikaatioita liittyen toimin-tojen välisiin konflikteihin uusien tuotteiden lanseerauksessa.

Asiasanat: brändin laajennus, nopeasti liikkuvat kulutustuotteet, toimintojen välisetkonfliktit, tuotelinjalaajennus, tuotteet

Page 8: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful
Page 9: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

7

Acknowledgements

May I at the outset to thank Almighty God for guiding me throughout my doctoral degree course and I would not have made it without his abundant blessings. A doctoral degree was not in my academic portfolio, but it was a sheer coincidence that I got into this arena.

I recall that, when I served as the Chairman of the board of management of a community school in Riyadh Saudi Arabia, I had some contacts with a renowned University in UAE in pursuant to my intention to lead and guide our students for their tertiary education to a recognized University. This interaction created a thirst for another level of knowledge and drove me towards the doctoral program. This arduous journey not only enriched my intellectual experience and wisdom, but also enhanced my emotional wisdom too. In pursuit of my dream of a doctorate, I owe a great deal to all of my mentors, counsellors, colleagues and friends as the success of this thesis depended heavily on the people who provided their un-stinted support, guidance and contribution. There are number of people, I would like to thank for their input, help or support during my doctoral research.

My Foremost gratitude goes to my supervisors Prof. Pauliina Ulkuniemi and Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful for the immeasurable support. They were very sharp in their corrections with pairs of eagle eyes which could detect even an extra dot (.) or space. Both of them showed abundant patience and persistent focus throughout my lengthy thesis preparation. They have motivated and reassured me by saying “you are progressing very well and keep going” their encouraging words kept my momentum high. I truly appreciate my supervisors for their excellent guidance. Prof. Pauliina and Prof. Veikko thank you for all the support and I am proud to have you both as my supervisors.

My gratitude and appreciation goes to Prof. John Meewella, if not for him I would not have completed this thesis. At times he demonstrated tough love, which I took very positively. If he did not adopt this high professional standard I would not have taken this task as challenging. I have to thank Prof. Salo Jari who was helping me in the initial stage of my thesis. I have been fortunate to have Dr. Kari Leppala and Dr. Leena Aarikka-Stenroos as my pre-examiners who have really been constructive and focused in their feed-backs and which facts contributed to improve the quality of my work.

Page 10: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

8

My appreciation goes to all the interviewees who dedicated their precious time and provided valuable insights to the topic. I would like to mention them by their names, but unfortunately that is not possible at this juncture. I am thankful to all of them for their extensive support to conduct proper research.

The un-stinted support provided by my closest friend Dr Abdulrazack was beyond words or description. I consider him as a “Brother-in- Arms”. My thanks

goes to Mr. Mohamed Zulfi for his time dedicated on proof reading my thesis which was truly indispensable during the finalization of the thesis. Another important person who has been a tower of strength to accomplish this task is Mr. Monther Al Harthy the CEO of one of the top food manufacturer in MENA region. His encouragement, motivation and support are highly commendable. Mr. Monther, thank you for inspiring me in so many ways and for being as a role model for a CEO.

The tedious task of completing a PhD is much similar to participating in a marathon with many twists, turns, potholes and steep inclines. Moreover, the office responsibilities, managing and taking care of family issues, mingling with the social service forums, looking after children’s education are indeed a juggling act and it is a herculean task. I could not have achieved this without the full support of my family specially my dearest wife Jameena. She is an extraordinary individual with incredibly patience and continuously motivated me to complete the PhD. In addition she was involved in language correction and proof reading my thesis, I feel superlatively

grateful to her for sacrificing the valuable times. I am eternally grateful to her and hope to repay her in coming years. My children Amna, Ahmed and Amal deserve

warmest thanks for bearing with me during this roller-coaster ride. Last, but not least, I would like to express my deepest gratitude to my parents.

My beloved father who is no more, would have been the proudest person today if he is alive and would sure have joined and celebrated this moments of joy with me in completing this thesis. He was one of the motivator for all what I have achieved as an individual and as a professional.

In conclusion, I would like to dedicate this thesis to my parents and my family.

Page 11: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

9

Contents

Abstract Tiivistelmä Acknowledgements ...................................................................................................7 Contents ......................................................................................................................9 1 Introduction ...................................................................................................... 13

1.1 Research gap ................................................................................................ 15 1.2 Objective of the research .............................................................................. 17 1.3 New product launches .................................................................................. 20 1.4 Definition of key terms ................................................................................. 21 1.5 Dissertation structure .................................................................................... 22

2 Conceptualizing the elements of CFC and their relation to NPL .............. 25 2.1 Diversity theory ............................................................................................ 25

2.1.1 Main concepts related to diversity in relation to cross-functional conflicts ............................................................... 25

2.1.2 Reasons for choosing the diversity theory .................................... 27 2.1.3 Linkage of diversity with cross-functional conflicts .................... 28

2.2 Resource-based view (RBV) on cross-functional conflicts ..................... 29 2.2.1 Main concepts related to RBV in relation

to cross-functional conflicts ........................................................... 30 2.2.2 Reasons for choosing the RBV ...................................................... 31 2.2.3 Linkage of the resource based view with

cross-functional conflicts ............................................................... 32 2.3 Review of the literature covering the CFC in NPL ................................. 34

2.3.1 New product development ............................................................. 35 2.3.2 Functional diversity ........................................................................ 38 2.3.3 Key concept of conflicts ................................................................. 41 2.3.4 Cross-functional team ..................................................................... 45

2. 4 A Model of cross-functional conflicts in new product launches ............. 49 3 Research methodology ..................................................................................... 59

3.1 Research approaches .................................................................................. 59 3.1.1 Quantitative research approach ...................................................... 59 3.1.2 Qualitative research approach ........................................................ 60

Page 12: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

10

3.2 Research strategy ........................................................................................ 60 3.2.1 Single case study designs ................................................................ 62 3.2.2 Selection of the case ........................................................................ 63 3.2.3 Defining the unit of analysis ........................................................... 64 3.2.4 Gathering of the empirical material ................................................ 66 3.2.5 Interview guide ................................................................................ 70

3.3 Method of analysis ..................................................................................... 73 3.3.1 Data analysis process ...................................................................... 73 3.3.2 Quality of the research design ........................................................ 76

4 Industry setting ................................................................................................. 79 4.1 Food industry .............................................................................................. 79

4.1.1 Dairy industry .................................................................................. 80 4.1.2 JNSD industry ................................................................................. 82

4.2 Description of the case company ............................................................... 84 5 Within-case analysis of the empirical data ................................................... 87

5.1 Analysis of product P1 ............................................................................... 87 5.2 Analysis of product P2 ............................................................................... 92 5.3 Analysis of product P3 ............................................................................... 97 5.4 Analysis of product P4 ............................................................................. 102 5.5 Analysis of product P5 ............................................................................. 107

6 Cross-case analysis.......................................................................................... 113 6.1 Conflict enablers ....................................................................................... 113

6.1.1 Functional diversity ....................................................................... 113 6.1.2 Functional resources ...................................................................... 116

6.2 Cross-functional conflicts ........................................................................ 125 6.2.1 Task conflict................................................................................... 125 6.2.2 Relationship conflict ..................................................................... 130

6.3 New product launches .............................................................................. 131 6.4 Revised model for CFC in NPL ............................................................... 133

7 Discussions and implications ......................................................................... 137 7.1 Answers to the research questions ........................................................... 137 7.2 Theoretical implications ........................................................................... 139

7.2.1 Functional diversity and CFC ....................................................... 139 7.2.2 Conflict management and CFC .................................................... 141 7.2.3 Functional resources and CFC ...................................................... 141

Page 13: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

11

7.3 Managerial implications .......................................................................... 142 7.3.1 Implications of conflict enablers .................................................. 142 7.3.2 Implication of resources ............................................................... 144 7.3.3 Implications of CFC ..................................................................... 145 7.3.4 Implication of NPL ....................................................................... 146

7.4 Reliability and validity of the research ................................................... 147 7.5 Limitations of the research ...................................................................... 148 7.6 Recommendation for future research ...................................................... 149 7.7 Concluding words .................................................................................... 150

References ............................................................................................................. 151 Appendices ............................................................................................................ 173

Page 14: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

12

Page 15: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

13

1 Introduction

A growing number of companies today are using multifunctional teams to improve the product development process. According to Holland et al. (2000), a cross- functional team is “a group of people who apply different skills, with a high degree of interdependence, to ensure the effective delivery of a common organizational objective”. According to Cedergren (2011), NPD and product development are used by different researchers with the same meaning of the development of new products. An accepted definition for these terms is given as “the set of activities beginning with the processes and tools used to perceive a market opportunity and ending in the production, sale, and delivery of a product fulfilling that market opportunity” (Cedergren 2011). The researcher trusts that this definition infers a process which includes functions of different departments. Despite its positive effects (enhancing creativity) functional diversity can also have negative consequences for team performances (van Knipenberg & Schippers 2007). This is where conflicts are likely to come to the fore. Conflict can broadly be defined as: “the process emerging from perceived incompatibilities or differences among group members” (de Wit et al. 2011 p.1). It is important to launch new products in order to stay ahead of competitors by making innovation (e.g. improving technology and satisfying customer needs) and earn a high market share in today’s turbulent environment (Aarts 2013). Integration among the functional specialists collectively creates successful, or high-performing, new products. But the diversity if not well managed can yield unproductive conflicts and chaos rather than successful new products (Nakata & Im 2010).

When launching new products, companies regularly experience shortages of innovative resources, namely, new technologies, new equipment, new material and new concepts (Chou & Chen 2012). One of the success factor for a new product is physical resources i.e. finance, facilities and equipment are the big 3 physical resources (Lawrimore 2011). For example a new product to be successful, the resources department must ensure proper “manning and vanning”, the marketing department must ensure that the new product launches are communicated to the target audience on time by way of adequate above the line and below the line activities and the manufacturing department must ensure continuous product availability as per the market demand.

The changes in the global food supply chain occur rapidly and the consumers’ needs are constantly changing (Bogue & O’Farrell 2012). In the food industry, as in any other, new product development is considered vital for a company’s survival.

Page 16: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

14

Hence this industry continues to launch new products but would prefer incremental changes (re-developing current products) to radical change (creating new ones). In other words, only a very small proportion of new products call for radical changes; most of them required only incremental change (Winger & Wall 2006). Consumers nowadays are more willingness to spend extra on food - for example, the people who earlier soaked chickpeas overnight to cook for breakfast next day now buy ready to eat (readymade) chickpeas from a store, where they can choose from multiple pack sizes. This is the era where a large segment of the population has moved up the value chain to become seekers and thereby demanding in their choices. As a result the food industry of fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) companies is forced to offer more and more new products.

On many occasions, the researcher experienced the following conflicts in the executive meetings with regard to a new product launch. The conflict would normally begin with a sales team which had listed the new products to all the organized trade (OT) outlets and had customers eagerly waiting for them. If products are not delivered on the due date, the OT is compelled to de-list them and the company has to pay to re-listed, which is a huge cost. In the meantime, the manufacturing department claims that it has not received the stickers and consequently blames the procurement department. Finally the marketing department complains that the art work of the stickers has not been done by the advertising agent. This incident demonstrates a common phenomenon in new product launch as it pressure the role of cross-functional integration and their conflicts in new product launch. Some empirical studies show that cross-functional team integration could have its advantages and disadvantages in new product launches (Holland et al. 2000, Anh Thi & Alena 2013). Some researchers concluded that cross-functional conflicts are functional and dysfunctional (Vaaland & Håkanson 2003, Loosemore 2000 & Robbins 2001).

Based on the above, this study considers investigating this phenomenon under the domain of cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food industry. For this study the researcher includes six functions such as product development, marketing, sales, manufacturing, resources and finance.

Page 17: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

15

1.1 Research gap

In the marketing arena extensive research has examined new product development and the existing literature on new product development is vast (Booz, Allen & Hamilton 1982, Crawford 1987, Urban & Hauser 1993, Cooper 2001, Ulrich & Eppinger 2011) Failure rates have been alarming for many FMCG products with several reasons identified for the failure (Crawford 1987, Cooper 2001, Winger & Wall 2006, Schneider & Hall 2011). One of the most important reasons of these is the lack of effective cross-functional integration, i.e. failure to simply pool the resources and skills from different functions and enhancing the use of the organization’s resources (e.g. Ford & Randoph 1992). Focusing on Marketing and R&D relationships is one of the most critical tasks during new product development (Wind 1982, Souder 1988). There is strong evidence that the better these two functions is integrated, the greater the likelihood of successful new product outcomes (cf. Griffin & Hauser 1996, Maidique & Zirger 1984, Maltz et al. 2001, Souder 1981 & 1988).

People no longer live and work in an insular marketplace, instead they are now part of a worldwide economy and for this reason, commercial and non-commercial organizations need diversity to become more creative and open to change, hence the workplace diversity has become an important issue for today’s management (Kelli et al. 2012). Diversity is defined by van Knippenberg & Schippers (2007 p.519) as a characteristic of a social grouping (i.e. group, organization, society ) that reflects the degree to which there are objective or subjective differences between people within the group (without presuming that group members are necessarily aware of objective differences or that subjective difference are strongly related to more objective differences.

The researcher experiences the following diversity issues in the case company.

– A chief technical officer’s (fresh blood) objective is to explore and launch

variety of new products to the consumers whether they are acceptable or not. – Sixty-seven-years-old well experience chief commercial officer (one SKU

driven CCO) i.e. fifty percentages of the company sales comes from one SKU from the portfolio of 130 SKUs. He is keen to launch more new products, irrespective of generating adequate profit margin or not.

Page 18: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

16

– Sixty-five-year-old well rounded but ego-centric chief industrial officer doesn’t believe in delegating authority has an objective to produce more i.e. larger volume production including lower volume sales SKUs.

– A young local national chief resources officer struggles to maintain required localization percentage of labor force enforced by the government.

– A number driven chief financial officer, is always keen to maintain high profit margin to delight the other stakeholders of the company.

All these chief officers are masculine gender with different nationals and they possess different knowledge, value and social ethics. It is clear that when these multi dimension diversities are pooled, the company will benefit. On the contrary the difference of opinion and objectives create cross-functional conflicts.

Cross-functional integration offers many benefits for NPD (Song 1997, Im & Nakata 2008, Holland et al. 2000). For example, Thieme et al. (2003) declare that teams function more efficiently when members with different backgrounds and from different functions share knowledge and understanding from different perspectives. Working with other employees who have different backgrounds and perspectives on work and goals can, however, generate conflicts over resources, technical issues, pay and personnel assignment (e.g. Olson et al. 1995). Andreson (1996) suggests that sales managers will have to learn to work more closely with other functional units as members of a corporate team, dedicated to satisfying customers profitably.

In a fast-growing market, the food industry of FMCG companies are highly competitive, but trends are always changing with consumers’ eating habits, so there is always room for newer, tastier and less expensive food products. Based on the increasing demands of their end users, FMCG companies have supplied innovative products. Although the marketing cost of a new product launch outweighs the return on investment and lowers sales, the FMCG companies still continue to launch new products. Secondly many studies have been conducted on new product launches with very limited cross-functional integration i.e. one or two functions (Shaw 1971, Anh Thi & Alena 2013). On the contrary, many researchers call to enlarge the examining cross-functional teams from other operations of the organization (Bush & Grant 1994, Larson & Gray 2011, Anh & Alena 2013). Thirdly the diversity can lead to a higher level of conflict, fewer communication and less social integration between involved people. This create barriers to communication and cooperation, which influence group outcomes negatively (Jans 2003, Gebert 2004).

Page 19: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

17

Based on the above discussion, the researcher has taken this opportunity to study the research gap on the subject of cross-functional conflicts in new product launches for the food industry in FMCG companies, with particular reference to the following functions: Product development, Marketing, Sales, Manufacturing, Resources and Finance.

1.2 Objective of the research

The aim of this study is to develop concepts to describe, conceptualize and analyze the cross-functional conflicts in new product launches from the point of view of the food industry in the FMCG business setting. For this study the literature review has been conducted in a variety of streams. Thus, the researcher organized and elaborated the research phenomenon under the broad bands of functional diversity, functional resources and cross-functional conflicts (refer to Chapter 2). The research includes initial theory building; that is, the conceptualizations and theoretical models applied in the existing literature. The purpose of the study is to develop an empirically grounded model of cross-functional conflicts in new product launches for the food industry. The author seeks to do this by answering the following research questions:

1. How does functional diversity affect new product launches?

2. Why do cross-functional conflicts affect new product launches, in the food industry?

These research questions are answered by using diversity theory, the resource based view and empirical data, which include interviews with internal staff, external parties (Tetra Pak, Advertising Agents and competitors) and company documents, in order to develop an understanding of the phenomenon. The researcher will apply the developed theoretical framework to analyze the data and answer the research questions, in order to describe the relationship between conflict enablers and cross- functional conflicts which illustrates the impacts of new product launches. In the marketing literature the cross-functional conflicts in new product launches have been thoroughly theorized and the knowledge scattered across various streams of research; moreover, the FMCG business is multi-dimensional. Here the researcher will focus on the food industry in the FMCG environment. Hence the food industry is an integral aspect of the empirical study.

Page 20: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

18

The first question evokes the concepts of functional diversity and functional resources which in effect means conceptualizing the functional diversity and the phenomenon of functional resources. The researcher will derive the answers for this research question from the diversity theory and the resource based view. Because empirical studies of the diversity of work groups produce mixed results, theorists continue to hold different opinions. In recent years, diversity and diversity management are becoming more and more an important topic in science and practice (Sub & Kleiner 2008). Especially in connection with innovation and product development diversity is discussed more often. (e.g. Wagner & Ehrenmann 2010, Justesen 2007, Tilebein & Stolarski 2008, Ehrenmann & Tekic 2011, Dreu et al. 2005). Diversity management has become a competitive factor for companies. Properly managed diversity can provide advantages and business benefits. Whereas a non-or poorly-managed diversity is associated with higher costs, conflicts, lack of motivation and fluctuations. (Ehrenmann & Warschat 2013). The research will thus focus on functional diversity (team diversity) in a cross-functional team engaged in a new product launch. In the first part of the theoretical framework of this study, the notion of functional diversity from management, economic and marketing perspectives will be reviewed in some depth by the research, before identifying the core elements of functional diversity. The research will then conceptualize functional diversity and will ascertain how far such diversity gives rise to the task and relationship conflicts that fall within the class of cross-functional conflicts, impacting new product launches in the light of the fact that many have identified cross- functional team integration as a key driver in the success of new products (e.g. Griffin et al. 1992, 1996, Gupta et al. 1986, Olson et al. 1995).

The second question revolves around the concept of cross-functional conflicts, essentiallyconceptualizingcross-functionalconflict asaphenomenon. The researcher derives the answers via a concerted empirical case study, taking a resource based view from the perspective of the food industry. A developed theoretical framework will be applied to answer the question and in so doing will present multiple types of cross-functional conflict associated with new product launches. Further, the study will analyze and consider in some depth the relationship between resources and cross-functional conflicts with functional diversity; drawing on this the researcher will then elaborate the core descriptive elements or attributes of the case. It is thought that through this analysis, the nature of the case and the possible paths of the cross-functional conflict in new product launch may be better understood.

The research methodology employed in this study is that of a ‘single case study” with embedded units of analysis (multiple unit of analysis) and an exploratory phase followed by qualitative research. According to Yin (1994), a

Page 21: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

19

case study is an empirical inquiry which investigates a contemporary phenomenon within its real-life context, in particular when the boundaries between phenomenon and context are not clearly evident. “Contemporary phenomenon” implies that the cross-functional team members can still be interviewed and that the researcher does not have to rely on documents alone. The phenomenon under study here consists of the cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the FMCG setting of the food industry. Companies in the food and beverage industry face many challenges in managing their products and staying competitive.

The researcher had several reasons for choosing a single case study in the food industry as the primary context for the empirical investigation. First, the researcher has been working in this industry in Saudi Arabia for the last 23 years. Second, Saudi Arabia is the largest soft drinks market in the MENA region. Third, the multinational working environment consists of locals (Saudis) and expatriates. In short, the narrowed down version of the problem statement is “how cross-functional conflicts affect NPL within the FMCG companies in the food industry”.

The research questions are answered using a repeated research process which combines the relevant theories and the current related literature. These help to develop the preliminary model and describe the qualitative research approach and single case study strategy. This leads to a description of the empirical materials such as interviews, documents, reports etc., to develop the understanding of the phenomenon. The combined preliminary model attempts to demonstrate the impact of cross-functional conflicts in new product launches. It also describes the relationships between functional diversity and functional resources, which are both influenced by cross-functional conflicts and new product launches. The developed preliminary model describes the type of cross- functional conflicts (task and relationship) in new product launches and sheds light on the research questions. Further, the cross-functional conflicts in new product launches which evolved during the process of data collection, i.e. in within-case and cross-case analyses. Are discussed and elaborated in Chapters 5 and 6. A special software program, Nvivo 10, is used to analyze the data. The framework is adjusted according to the data and its analysis, to form an empirically grounded framework. The research questions are answered and the relevant managerial and theoretical implications are highlighted in the conclusions of this dissertation.

Page 22: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

20

1.3 New product launches

New product development and product development are used by different researchers with the same meaning of the development of new products, but an accepted definition for these terms is given as “the set of activities beginning with the processes and tools used to perceive a market opportunity and ending in the production, sales, and delivery of a product fulfilling that market opportunity” (Cedergren 2011). For this study, the researcher will focus commercialization stage of Booz, Allen & Hamilton (1982) model. In other words it has passed all the stages hence this study will investigate what are the issues the companies are facing in launch stage (commercialization).

It would be a refreshing situation if all new product launches succeeded, but unfortunately they do not. Globally, the success rate of new products has been low (Ledwith & O’Dwyer 2008). Despite the close correlation between new product success and a company’s health (Ledwith & O’Dwyer 2008) companies still continue to give birth to new products. With NPL a company to be successful, perhaps even to survive, must master product strategy and skillfully navigate through the proper development, application and management of a product strategy which separates enduring success from failure (McGrath 2000). The continuous development and market introduction of new products is an important determinant of sustained company performance (Blundell et al. 1999, Brushoff 1999b, Capon et al. 1990, Chaney & Devine 1992, Urban & Hauser 1993).

In many food companies more than fifty percentage of the current revenue comes from products which were not on the production line five years earlier. The most frequently used launch methods for new products include New Products, where forty one percentages of all launches are new products followed by traditional brand extension, with thirty four percentages of launches. New packaging is the third most frequently used launch method with twenty one percentages (Stanton 2013). Consumers are health conscious. They link food and health, one of the most important areas of social progress in recent years. A vast scientific literature states that consumers nowadays are more interested than before in healthy food products to prevent disease and maintain healthy living (Krutulyte 2010). Major food corporations have made a strategic jump to a totally new paradigm termed “discontinuous innovation”. This involves novel technologies or ingredients, or the application of knowledge to a discontinuous area which was generated in another. A good example was the introduction of the MARS confectionery base as an ice cream product. MARS Corporation at the time had no skills in ice cream and the key ice cream manufacturers (Unilever & Nestle) had no skills in confectionery (Winger & Wall 2006).

Page 23: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

21

1.4 Definition of key terms

In this section of the study the key terms are defined. For further concepts, see Appendix 1.

Fast Moving Consumer Goods (FMCG)

FMCG can be defined as packed goods that are consumed or sold at regular and small intervals. The prices of the FMCG are relatively less and profits earned through such sales are more volume based (Nagarajan & Sherief 2013). The term ‘consumer packaged goods’ is an alternative for FMCG.

Conflict

Defined as a process “that begins when one party perceives that the other has negatively affected, or is about to negatively affect, something that he or she cares about.” (Thomas 1992 p. 653). Dyer and Song (1997 p.476) define conflict as “task-related disagreements arising whenever the goals of a person or group are perceived to be incompatible with those of another person or group with the express intention of denying the others’ goals.”

Cross Functional Conflict

Defined as the perceived differences in goals and ideologies across interdependent and interactive functions. This definition is consistent with “the three general characteristics of conflict, interaction, interdependence, and incompatible goals” (Putnam & Poole 1987 p.552).

Diversity

Diversity is defined by van Knippenberg & Schippers (2007 p.519) as a characteristic of a social grouping (i.e., group, organization, society ) that reflects the degree to which there are objective or subjective differences between people within the group (without presuming that group members are necessarily aware of objective differences or that subjective difference are strongly related to more objective differences.

Page 24: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

22

Product

Defined as the sample firm had to make each “product” with its own resources, either in part or in whole, and commercialize the product under its own name at some point (Meyer & Roberts 1984 p.813).

1.5 Dissertation structure

In this section, the organization of the study is outlined. The dissertation is divided into seven chapters, as illustrated in Figure 1.

Chapter 1

This chapter provides an introduction to the research. The chapter begins by introducing the topic of the research. Then the study goes on to discuss the research phenomenon, i.e. cross-functional conflicts in new product launches, followed by the gap in current research, the research objective, the research questions and finally the way in which the research questions will be answered by the evidence. The next section of this chapter discusses the NPL followed by a definition of some key terms and the dissertation structure, as illustrated in Figure 1

Chapter 2

This chapter conceptualizes the elements of CFC and their relation to NPL. It starts with the relevant theories followed by the main concepts related to the theories, the reasons for choosing certain theories and the link to cross-functional conflicts. After this, the literature review asks what influences the cross-functional conflicts in NPL, discussed under the broad bands of functional diversity, cross- functional conflicts and new product launches. The chapter develops the theoretical framework (a priori model) on the basis of the literature review. The purpose of this model is to find the out relevant conceptualization of the cross-functional conflicts phenomenon of this study. The model is used as a tool for collecting the empirical data for analysis.

Chapter 3

The chapter begins by selecting the qualitative research approach as the best way to address the research questions and then goes into the research strategy. Among the options with a qualitative study, the researcher selected the design of an embedded

Page 25: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

23

single case study, justifies the selection of the case and discussed the definition of the case phenomenon. The initial gathering of empirical data emerges from the literature, which provides the researcher with some tools to tackle the informants in the interview phase. Various types of data collecting techniques are applied, with semi structured interviews and open ended questions forming the main source of data. The interview guide, which enabled the researcher to collect the data step by step, is described. The aim was to capture the perspectives of the respondents in their own words. To analyses these data the research used a computer assisted software program called Nvivo10 to analyze the data and to generate concepts through the coding process, to give meaning to the material collected. The objective of this chapter is to ensure the quality of the research in so far as the empirical methods were concerned

Chapter 4

This chapter provides an in-depth description of the industry setting, whether Food, Dairy or JNSD. The discussion is based on the professional industry literature including industry magazine articles, reports and internet documents. After this, the researcher presents the empirical cases of the study and moves on to an illustration of the failed products identified from the empirical data. The purpose of this chapter is to familiarize the reader with the specific industry setting and to portray the context of the case.

Chapter 5

In this chapter the empirical data from five failed products of the chosen company are analyzed with the help of a priori model of cross-functional conflicts in new product launches. This chapter also presents the results of the within-case analysis of the five failed products of the case company examined in this research.

Chapter 6

This chapter presents the results of the cross-case analysis of the different elements or attributes identified in the a priori model of cross-functional conflicts in new product launches. The chapter presents the revised model of cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in accordance with the findings from the case study.

Page 26: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

24

Chapter 7

This chapter answers the research questions posed in Chapter 1 followed by an outline of the theoretical and managerial implications of the study. After this, the study addresses the reliability, validity and limitations of the study and goes on to discuss possible future research in this area before concluding.

Figure 1. The structure of the dissertation.

Page 27: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

25

2 Conceptualizing the elements of CFC and their relation to NPL

The first part of this chapter focuses on addressing the first research question and hence will address diversity theory and the main concepts of diversity, justifying the choice of this theory and showing how different perceptions of diversity are linked with cross-functional conflicts. The second part of the chapter focuses on addressing the second research question and hence will outline the resource based view (RBV) and its main concepts, the reason for choosing it and the different perceptions of RBV, showing how they are linked with cross-functional conflicts. The third part of the chapter will consider how functional diversity, cross-functional conflicts and new product launches have been understood in the literature. In conclusion, the researcher will present a priori model for analyzing cross-functional conflicts in new product launches. The model consists of three main segments, the first describing the conflict enablers, the second describing cross-functional conflicts and the last addressing new product launches.

2.1 Diversity theory

Diversity theory can be viewed as a branch of utility theory characterized by a focus on the way in which marginal utility depends on which set of goods is consumed. Diversity theorists, group researchers and creativity theorists have appraised diversity in work groups. But empirical research on the effects of diversity has produced mixed results. Diversity has been analyzed in terms of demographic variables, i.e. surface-level diversity (e.g. Jackson & Joshi 2004, Milliken & Martins 1996, O’Reilly et al. 1998, Williams & O’Reilly 1998) and with regard to cognitive areas, including differences in knowledge, skills and abilities i.e. deep- level diversity (e.g. Ancona & Caldwell 1992, Cohen & Levinthal 1990).

2.1.1 Main concepts related to diversity in relation to cross-functional conflicts

The central question within the diversity literature is whether diversity should be narrowly or broadly defined (Nkomo 1995). Scholars favoring a narrow definition argue that the domain of diversity research should be restricted to specific cultural categories, race and gender (e.g. Cross et al. 1994, Morrison 1992). This perspective cannot be understood in the same way as diversity based upon organizational

Page 28: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

26

functions, abilities or cognitive orientations (Nkomo 1995). But scholars preferring a broad definition (e.g. Jackson et al. 1995, Thomas 1991) argue that diversity encompasses all the possible ways in which people can differ. However, diversity studies would then reach only the reductionist conclusion that ‘everyone is different’ and, if this conclusion is accepted, the concept of diversity may become “nothing more than a beginning, meaningless concept” (Nkomo 1995 p. 248).

According to Merriam Webster´s dictionary, diversity has been defined as “the condition of having or being composed of differing elements: VARIETY; especially: the inclusion of different types of people (as people of different races or cultures) in a group or organization programs intended to promote diversity in schools” (www. merriam-webster). Jehn (1999) defines diversity, namely, informational diversity, social category diversity and value diversity, the way in which members of a group differ in terms of what they think the group’s real task, goal, target, or mission should be. Ely (1995) proposes an approach to diversity which places power at the center and which considers diversity as a certain condition of a relationship instead of a set of attributes; she defines diversity broadly, to distinguish people’s experiences into experiences of dominance and suppression and to explicitly study both.

The nature of diversity is presented as discrete rather than continuous, since all discussion on diversity concerns ‘groups’ portrayed as separate, homogeneous entities. Pelled et al. (1999) defines demographic diversity as “the extent to which a unit (e.g. a work group or organization) is heterogeneous with respect to demographic attributes”. The definition of demography is traditionally conceptualized in terms of visible differences in age, gender and race. Individuals may also differ on less visible characteristics such as level of education, tenure with the company or functional background (William & O’Reilly 1998, Jehn & Katerina 2004). Since the cross-functional team studied below exemplify demographic diversity (in age, skill and knowledge) and value diversity (the group’s real task, goal, target or mission), such diversity will have an impact on the team’s performance. This research will investigate how far such diversity creates conflicts and why such conflicts affect the new product launch. Table 1 illustrates the types of diversity and its attributes.

Page 29: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

27

Table 1. Types of Diversity and its attributes

Attributes FOCUS

Diversity from a moral/ethical perspective On social inequity in Organization (Ely1995 p. 164)

CATEGORISATION (Characteristics) 1. Variable & Invariable Variables include: Age, function, education, marital status and physical condition. Invariable includes: race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, nationality and socio-economic background. 2. Visible & Invisible Visible includes: race, ethnicity, gender and age Invisible includes: education , function , experience and social-economic class

Attributes Diversity from an Organizational, economical perspective. FOCUS On the effects of diversity on work-related outcomes CATEGORISATION (Characteristics) 1.Culture

Culture includes: religion, age, ethnicity and language ability. 2. Functional Functional: includes the way we learn, think, process information and deal with authority. 3. Historical Historical characteristics include: the family make-up, political opinions and inter group relationship.

Based on Ely 1995.

2.1.2 Reasons for choosing the diversity theory.

In this study, the researcher chose diversity theory to analyze how functional diversity affects new product launches. The reason for choosing diversity theory is that it allows the study to discuss the following:

Managing diversity effectively. The members of a cross-functional team, who almost always come from diverse backgrounds, find it very tedious to work together with a common objective. The issue is how best to manage the members’ diversity effectively and to establish mutual respect and trust among the members so as to improve new product launches. Globalization is continuously increasing the diversity of the workforce in many organizations (Richard et al. 2004 p. 264). The workforce has become more diverse in terms of people’s nationalities and ethnicities (Schneider & Northcraft 1999) as well as in terms of knowledge, skills, abilities and personality. Therefore, it is necessary to capture the dynamic aspects of the members of the cross-functional team not only to find the best individual to do a certain job but also the best combination of all the members’ characteristics.

Page 30: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

28

Heterogeneous teams suffer. Many studies reveal that cooperation is a difficult issue in heterogeneous groups (Watson et al. 1993, Ancona & Caldwell 1992, O’ Reilly, Williams & Barsade 1998, Brewer 1996). For example, 1) subordinates and managers lack the commitment to work together successfully in a diverse working environment, employees from minority groups fear that they are alienated from the rest of the work group and the employees do not know much about their co- workers’ background.

Diversity can be positive or negative. Human beings are diverse in their needs, wants, powers, tasks, emotions, animosities, tensions, attitudes, trusts, behaviours and communication. While it is predicted that functional diversity will improve a team’s ability to communicate and coordinate with external parts of the organization on which it depends (Ancon & Caldwell 1989, Pfeiffer 1986) this same diversity has been shown to increase conflict, reduce cohesion, complicate internal communication and hamper coordination within the team (Dougherty 1987, Kessler 1978, Shaw 1971, O’Reilly & Flat 1989, Wagner et al.1984).

Evidently, then, diversity plays a pivotal role in cross-functional conflicts in new product launches. The researcher selected diversity theory as an important theory to answer research question one.

2.1.3 Linkage of diversity with cross-functional conflicts

Researchers have conceptualized functional diversity in different ways. Intrapersonal functional diversity (Bunderson & Sutcliffe 2002) has been studied either at an individual level (that of the individual manager) or at a team level. It considers an individual’s whole career through the number of years spent in each function whereas it would consider the average of functional background diversity of the members of a group. In relation to product development, marketing, sales, manufacturing, resources and finance, the members of the cross-functional team in this study will not show the same behavior as the rest of the group due to the diversity of their age, skills, knowledge and culture and will not tackle the issues in the same manner. Therefore, their diversity will have an impact on the team’s processes and the outcome of any new product launch. Hence, management team researchers have concluded that functional diversity is simply a double-edged sword that has positive implications in some contexts and for some processes or performance variables, but negative implications in other contexts and for other process or performance variables (Miliken & Martins 1996 p. 403, Tsui et al. 1995, Williams & O’Reilly 1998).

Page 31: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

29

In the research carried out on the performance of a software project, it was found that knowledge diversity (KD) increases task conflict, which in turn has significant positive effects on team performance and that value diversity (VD) increases relationship conflict, which in turn negatively affects team performance (Ting-Peng et al. 2007). Functional diversity can be detrimental to the interpersonal creative processes of resource combination because of conflict, misunderstandings and tensions (Cronin & Weingart 2007).Thus, functional diversity may hinder the realization of the team’s creative potential (Dougherty 1992, Cronin & Weingart 2007, Lau & Murnighan 1998, Bezrukova et al. 2009). Task conflict (i.e. disagreements about the task to be performed) represents one of the core processes through which this elaboration and use of information takes place in diverse teams (Cronin & Weingart 2007, van Knippenberg & Schippers 2007).

Prior research provides evidence that diversity leads to task conflict (Lovelace et al. 2001) as a result of potentially conflicting knowledge, skills and viewpoints (Jehn et al. 1999, Pelled et al.1999). Jehn et al (1999) provides empirical evidence that task conflict moderates the positive effect of knowledge diversity on group performance. Prior research shows that task conflict stimulates deeper information processing (Phillips et al. 2004, Tjosvold & Poon 1998) and problem solving (Tjosvold & Poon 1998). In this study, the researcher will examine the effects of team diversity on cross-functional conflicts (task and relationship conflicts) and the effects of such conflicts in new product launches in the FMCG business of the food industry.

2.2 Resource-based view (RBV) on cross-functional conflicts

The resource-based view (hereafter referred to as RBV) is a business management tool used to determine the strategic resources available to a company. RBV has its roots in the work of Edith Penrose “Theory of the Growth of the Firm” (1959). The fundamental principle of the RBV is that the basis of competitive advantage for a firm lies primarily in the application of the bundle of valuable resources at the firm's disposal (Wernerfelt 1984 p. 172, Rumelt 1984 p. 557-558). According to RBV, sustainable competitive advantage is reached by virtue of its unique resources being rare, valuable, inimitable, non-tradable and non-substitutable, as well as firm-specific (Barney 1999). As stated by the RBV, successful companies possess more valuable resources and they use such resources more efficiently than their competitors to achieve strategic advantages (Eisenchardt & Schoonhoven 1996, Barney 1991, Conner 1991, Prahalad & Hamel 1990).

Page 32: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

30

2.2.1 Main concepts related to RBV in relation to cross-functional conflicts

After the work of Edith Penrose “Theory of the Growth of the Firm” (1959) numerous studies on marketing strategy have used the RBV of the firm (Wernerfelt 1984) as a theoretical lens (e.g. Boulding & Christen 2003, Day 1994, Dutta et al. 2002, Dutta et al. 1999, Moorman & Slotegraaf 1999, Ofek & Sarvary 2003, Slotegraaf et al. 2003). Resources, in turn, comprise three distinct sub-groups, namely tangible assets, intangible assets and capabilities. Classification of resources depends on the firm’s profile, ownership structure and implementation strategy, situation on the market and competition tools that are used.

The concept of resources draws its tenets from the work of organizational routine (Nelson & Winter 1982). The term “routine” refers to “a pattern of behavior that is followed repeatedly, but it is subject to change if conditions change“. According to Wernerfelt (1984 p. 172) resources are “those (tangible and intangible) assets that are tied semi permanently to the firm”, Delcanto & Gonzales (1999) base their definition of resources (Wernerfelt 1984, Barney 1991). Daft (1983) says that a firm’s resources include all assets, capabilities, organizational processes, firm attributes, information, knowledge, etc. controlled by a firm that enable the firm to conceive of and implement strategies that improve its efficiency and effectiveness”.

A subsequent distinction, made by Amit & Schoemaker (1993) is that the encompassing construct previously called "resources" can be divided into resources and capabilities. In this respect, resources are tradable and non-specific to the firm, while capabilities are firm-specific and are used to engage the resources within the firm, such as implicit processes to transfer knowledge within the firm (Makadok 2001 p. 388-389, Hoopes et al. 2003 p. 890). This distinction has been widely adopted throughout the RBV literature (Conner & Prahalad, 1996 p. 477, Makadok

2001 p. 338, Barney et al. 2001 p. 630-31). Prahalad & Hamel (1990) developed the concept of “core competencies”

and building on Selznick (1957) and others, added the term “competence” to the resource-based lexicon. Stalk et al. (1992) argued that there was a difference between competencies and capabilities and thus this term (capabilities) was added to the terminological fray. Teece et al (1997) emphasized the importance of the ability of firms to develop new capabilities, a perspective emphasized by their choice of the term “dynamic capabilities.”

Together, assets and capabilities define the set of resources available to the firm Assets are defined as anything tangible or intangible the firm can use in its

Page 33: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

31

processes for creating, producing and/or offering its products (goods or services) to a market, whereas capabilities are repeatable patterns of actions in the use of assets to create, produce and/or offer products to a market (Sanchez et al. 1996). Assets can serve as inputs to a process, or as the outputs of a process (Srivastava et al. 1998, Teece et al. 1997). Assets can be either tangible or intangible, (Hall 1989, Itami & Roehl 1987, Srivastava et al. 1998). In contrast, capabilities transform inputs into outputs of greater worth (Amit & Schoemaker 1993, Capron & Hulland 1999, Christensen & Overdorf 2000, Sanchez et al. 1996, Schoemaker & Amit 1994). Makadok (2001) emphasizes the distinction between capabilities and resources by defining capabilities as “a special type of resource, specifically an organizationally embedded non-transferable firm-specific resource whose purpose is to improve the productivity of the other resources possessed by the firm” (Makadok 2001). Resources are stocks of available factors that are owned or controlled by the organization and capabilities are an organization’s capacity to deploy resources” (Daft 1983 p. 35). Essentially, it is the bundling of the resources that builds capabilities (Sirmon et al. 2007 p. 389).

2.2.2 Reasons for choosing the RBV

In this study, the researcher chooses the RBV to analyze why cross-functional conflicts affect new product launches, in food industry. The reasons for choosing the RBV are as follows.

Lack of Cross-functional cooperation. Sales and Marketing cannot achieve new product success without the cooperation of other functions. The cross-functional cooperation offers the opportunity for firms to acquire missing complementary resources. In other words no single company has all the necessary knowledge and resources to launch new products. As a result, the company is heavily dependent on their cross-functional cooperation for new product launches. Lack of functional cooperation will result in cross-functional conflicts in new product launches. Insufficient resources such as marketing, technological and human are often cited as a cause of failure (Fordham 1993, Hollingsworth 1994, 1995, 1996).

Consistent resources allocation. Resource allocation creates unique competencies that cannot be copied easily. Company’s core competencies are corporate resources and may be reallocated and used by corporate management in the most effective and efficient manner. In this sense, relevant core competencies of cross-functional conflicts in new product launches like communication, involvement, team-work and a deep commitment to work across organizational

Page 34: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

32

boundaries involves many levels of people and almost all organizational functions. Consistent resources allocation creates team-work, a capacity to change and a willingness to share resources, to protect proprietary skills and to think long term (Prahalad & Hamel 1990 p. 89).

Based on the above discussion, the RBV plays a pivotal role in cross-functional conflicts in new product launches. Hence, the researcher selected RBV as one of the core concepts to answer the research question.

2.2.3 Linkage of the resource based view with cross-functional conflicts

Conflicting goals and competition for scarce resources diminish trust and the willingness of decision makers across the value chain to work together (Porter 1991, Bowersox et al. 1999, Fawcett et al. 2004, Min et al. 2007). Several researchers have identified collaboration as a means of reducing cross-functional conflicts and promoting the development of a distinctive relational advantage (Madhok & Tallman 1998, Moberg et al. 2003, Nicovich et al. 2007). Resource deficiencies in all areas R&D, Marketing, Sales and Operations were identified as significantly and seriously deficient when it came to NPD (Cooper 1996). Crawford (1992) continues to see much evidence of team morale problems brought on by a combination of too few resources and time pressures.

The key internal variable influencing marketing’s interaction with another functional area is resources dependence, as marketing personnel do not have all the required resources necessary to do their jobs, they must seek such resources from people in other functional areas (Ruekert & Walter, Jr. 1987a). Two distinct factors

identified for new product success i.e. high quality team, which was a fairly strong driver of the performance and true cross-functional team (Cooper & Kleinschmidt 2007). They further said adequate resources of people, money and senior management commitment are kept no 3 driver of superior performance. Competition for limited resources such as time, money, space, materials, supplies and equipment which are also valuable resources, will inevitably lead to task conflicts (Rau-Foster M 2000).

Barney & Hesterly (2006) describe the VRIO framework as a good tool to examine the internal environment of a firm. VRIO is an acronym for the four question framework one should ask about a resource or capability to determine its

competitive potential: the question of Value, the question of Rarity, the question of Imitability (Ease/Difficulty to Imitate) and the question of Organization (ability to exploit the resource or capability).

Page 35: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

33

The easiest way of applying the VRIO framework is going through each question in order to assess the competitive implications and economic implications. Table 2 shows the different possibilities and outcomes of applying the VRIO framework. First off, if the resource is not valuable the company should abandon the process or stop using the resource because it is hurting the firm. Next, if the resource is valuable, but not rare, then the company is not being hurt by the resource and is at a competitive parity. A competitive parity just means that the company is no better or worse off than its competitors. This option would leave the company at a normal economic level. Third, if a resource is valuable and rare, but not costly to imitate, a firm has achieved a competitive advantage and will temporarily achieve above normal economic returns. However, because the resource is not costly to imitate, other companies are bound to replicate the processes and the resource will likely become a source of competitive parity.

Finally, the best case scenario is if a resource is valuable, rare and costly to mobilize this resource has become a source of a sustained competitive advantage because other companies cannot easily copy the resource. The final letter O of the VRIO framework is also important. No matter how valuable, rare or costly to imitate the resource is, if the resource is not organized, then, it will most likely become a competitive disadvantage and end up hurting your firm (Barney & Hesterly 2010). In this study, the researcher evaluates the resources (tangible and intangible) such as marketing, technological, organizational and human to assess the competitive implications and economic implications. Further the researcher will investigate the extent to which these resources will create conflicts (task and relationship) and why such conflicts affect the new product launch.

Page 36: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

34

Table 2. The VRIO framework

Resources V R I O Competitive Consequences

Performance Implication

Brand Equity No No No No Competitive disadvantage

Below normal

Advance Systems and Technologies

Yes No No No Competitive Parity Normal

Strategic Alliance Yes Yes No No Temporary ompetitive advantage

Above normal

ATL & BTL Yes Yes Yes Yes Sustain competitive advantage

Above normal

Source: Adapted from Barney & Hesterly 2006

2.3 Review of the literature covering the CFC in NPL

Since a theory-building-from-case-studies approach has been followed, the literature has played a special role in this study, as it provides an overview of previous work in areas related to this research topic and also the researcher used existing literature extensively for developing the theoretical model. Therefore this chapter will address how functional diversity, cross-functional conflicts and new product launches have been understood in the academic literature. The review studies of functional diversity have focused how functional diversity such as information, value and social diversities link between task and relationship conflicts. The review study of cross-functional conflicts have focused key concepts of conflict, functional & dysfunctional conflict, conflict resolution style, cross-functional team, cross- functional integration and management style. The review study of new product launch have focused the classification of new product, reason for success or failure of new products and the resources.

Page 37: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

35

2.3.1 New product development

Developing and introducing new products is essential to the firms’ survival. Yet new products are “high risk endeavors” (Cooper & Kleinschmidt 1987 p. 170) since many of them ultimately fail in the market place, resulting in massive financial losses (Urban & Hauser 1993). According to Crawford (1994) in the very beginning of any project most attention should be on the strategic aspect the mission statement, goals, objectives and organization’s capabilities. All the other stages involve technical product development, evaluation and commercialization that work hand in hand with strategic planning. Crawford concludes that today’s product development is a multifunctional program, where all functions work together to accomplish the required tasks.

Classification of new products

Based on existing literature the new product can be examined through two dimensions: newness to market (also referred to as newness to the world or newness to the consumer) and newness to firm (also referred to as the managerial/ technological newness) adapted from Griffin & Page (1996). This is in line with the new product classification of Booz, Allen & Hamilton (1982). Product development route can take place in two forms. A company can develop new products in-house or it could outsource such product developments to independent researchers or dedicated new product development firms (Kotler & Keller 2007) who also further classified the new products in to six distinct types, 1) new-to-the-world products, 2) new product line, 3) additions to existing product lines, 4) improvements and revisions to existing products, 5) repositioning’s and 6) cost reductions.

Reasons for success and failure of NPL

The success and failure rates have been discussed by many researchers in a number of studies. The success rate was greater for highly innovative products (seventy eight percentage success rates) and low for less innovative products (sixty eight percentage success rates) do well, whereas success comes to only thirty one percentages of products that fell into the middle category (Kleinschmidt & Cooper 1991). Poor marketing research, technical problem, inadequate marketing effort and bad timing are the reasons for failure Cooper (2001) and further elaborated that quality of execution is found to be sadly lacking in typical projects and businesses, especially failed projects. A detailed market study is perhaps the most deficient

Page 38: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

36

of activities in the entire new product process and additionally, there is usually a definitive imbalance in the allocation of resources by firms towards marketing and technological assumptions (Cooper 2001). New product success /failure are evaluated differently by different organization across varying dimensions and project categories (Crawford 1997).

New products to be successful, perhaps even to survive, a company must master product strategy and skillfully navigate through proper development and application and management of a product strategy that separates enduring success from failure (McGrath 2000). High degree of repetition of adverting has positive effects on new product development (D’ Souza & Rao 1995). “Insufficient resources” is the most frequently mentioned obstacle to successful product development (Page 1993). Bobrow (1997) provides a list of success factors for new products, including a clear strategic direction, a corporate culture aligned behind new products, a sensible allocation policy of resources and people and a cross-functional team dedicated to the new product development process. A study by Dornblaser (1997a) indicates that companies other than the leaders achieve success rates of only twelve percentages. Seventy two percentages of the New Product & fifty five percentages of Line Extensions fail (IRI 1996). A new product is considered as a success if it achieves at least eighty percentages of twenty six weeks sales per distributing store after two years (Mathews 1997). Furthermore Mathews (1997) stated sixty nine percentage of the new products fail after the first year, forty five percentage of the resources devoted go to unsuccessful projects and thirty five percentage of the products launched fail commercially (Cooper & Kleinschmidt 1987).

Based on Crawford et al. (1997) the new product success rates have not improved in twenty five years. As per the frozen food design (Anon 2007) the retail grocery industry has seventy to eighty percentage failure rates and U.S Top twenty percentage enjoy a seventy six percentage success rate Bottom 20,000 U.S food companies have an twelve percentage success rate, up to ninety five percentage of new product introductions fails and eighty percentages of new products launched in Europe fail & only ten percentages of new launches are true superstars. Seventy five percentages of the new products were considered to be failures (Winger & Wall 2006). Recent research from stage-gate.com (2011) shows success or failure rate for new product launch for three levels of performance such as for success rates of top performers (sixty four percentage) middle performers (fifty two percentage) and bottom performers (forty five percentage) and for the failure rates of top performers (twenty four percentage) middle performers (twenty eight percentage) and bottom performers (thirty four percentage).

Page 39: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

37

Functional resources

More resources are always better for growth (Mishina et al. 2004) and pay special attention to two resources categories discussed in the growth literature: financial and human resources. It is very common in research to segregate between physical, human

and financial resources. The resources can be categories like “managerial resources” and “technical resources” and it also can be a distinction between tangible and intangible resources. For this study, the researcher will focus on lack of resources such

as marketing, technical and human as they are some of the conflict contributors for new product launches. The RBV has its roots in the work of Edith Penrose’s “Theory of the Growth of the Firm” (1959). The RBV offers a rich theoretical foundation for understanding how to achieve and sustain a firm’s competitive advantage and superior performance (e.g. Barney 1991, Penrose 1959). Edith Penrose’s much cited work provides arguably the most detailed exposition of a RBV in the economics literature.

Scarcity of resource is one of the limiting factors in an organization. In the food industry, insufficient resources, such as marketing, technological, information and human resources are often cited as a cause of failure (Fordham 1993, Hollingsworth

1994, 1995, 1996). The key internal variable influencing marketing interaction with another functional area is resources dependence, as marketing personnel do not have all the monetary, information, or human resources necessary to do their jobs, they must seek such resources from people in other functional areas (Ruekert

& Walker, Jr 1987a). Therefore it is necessary that they seek resources from people in the other functional areas. This argument is in line with Ruekert and Walker (1987b) which cites that interdependence is the key internal variable affecting marketing’s interaction with other functional areas. The basic types of resources providing this competitive advantage are: physical capital resources, organizational capital resources and human capital resources (Barney 1991).

According to some resource conflict researchers (Ehrlich et al. 2000) four important conditions that influence the likelihood of resources conflict are (1) the degree of scarcity; (2) the extent to which the supply is shared by two or more groups/ states; (3) the relative power of those groups; and (4) the ease of access to alternative sources. The most present approach in the resource conflict literature is the “resource scarcity” as a main conflict contributor. The study by Hoteop et at. (2010) indicates that the major cause of conflict is lack of resources, which leads to competition for the scarce resources. Therefore, it is pertinent on the organization’s management to ensure that the available limited resources are used optimally for the benefit of the organization and other stakeholders. Insufficient resources are the most frequently mentioned obstacle to successful new product launch (Page1993).

Page 40: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

38

In summary, the new product launch is multidisciplinary dependent and studies have provided proof that failure rates are high for new products launched. Although numerous reasons have been assigned for the failures the reason most cited by many authors is the lack of resources or the disproportionate allocation of resources. In this study, the researcher will endeavor to ascertain the impact of the lack of key functional resources like marketing, technical and human which create cross-functional diversions and progress further to ascertain the extent to which such cross-functional conflicts affect the new product launch. A viable business will have the means and the ability to survive under multiple unfavorable business conditions (Akindipe 2007).

2.3.2 Functional diversity

The cross-functional team members come from different diversities such as knowledge diversity, social category diversity and value diversity. Diversity has been defined by Jehn (1999) namely 1) knowledge diversity, which is the differences in the knowledge bases and perspectives that members bring to the team. 2) Social category diversity, which is the explicit differences among team members in social category membership; and 3) value diversity, which is how members differ in terms of what they think the group’s real task, goal, target, or mission should be.

Empirical studies have found that functionally diverse management teams are more innovate (Bantel & Jackson 1989) develop clearer strategies (Bantel 1993) respond more aggressively to competitive threats (Hambrick et al. 1996) and can be quicker to implement certain types of organizational changes (William et al. 1995) than functionally homogeneous management teams. This same functional diversity has been shown to increase conflict, reduce cohesion, complicate internal communication and hamper coordination within the team (Dougherty 1987, Kiesler 1978, Shaw 1971, O’Reilly & Flatt, 1989, Wagner et al. 1984). Functional groups come from different training backgrounds with different sets of expertise, work pattern, mindset and so on (Belbin 2004).

Links of functional diversity with task and relationship conflicts

As with diversity, there are two types of conflict that affect the functioning and performance of cross-functional teams. Cross-functional integration (i.e. degree of interaction, communication, information sharing, or coordination across functions) has been identified by many as a key driver of new product success (e.g. Griffin & Hauser 1992, 1996, Gupta et al. 1986, Olson et al. 1995). Conflict among team

Page 41: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

39

members can be divided into three types - task conflict, relationship and process conflict (Jehn & Mannix 2001). For this study, the research will focus on task and relationship conflicts. In most cases, the cross-functional integration tends to specialize in their own function and such specialization is notorious for generating conflicts over differing expectations, preferences and priorities (Shapiro 1977). Increasingly, businesses are recognizing the strategic advantages derived from the cross-functional integration of key business processes such as new product development (Xie et al. 1998) and supply chain management (Ellinger 2000).

Task conflict may have a positive effect when both project and team operate under high uncertainty and high complexity. By contrast, task conflict in teams engaged in simple or routine tasks is generally dysfunctional (De Dreu & Van Vianen 2001, De Dreu & Weingart 2003).

Relationship conflict, also called affect conflict (Jehn & Mannix, 2001) depends on individual factors in interpersonal relationships (Amason & Mooney 1999, Jehn & Mannix 2001, Rahim 2002, Verderber & Verderber 1995). Relationship conflict is “the awareness of interpersonal incompatibilities and includes affective components such as feeling of tension and friction” (Jehn & Mannix 2001 p. 238). Relationship conflict is a perception of interpersonal incompatibility and typically includes tension, annoyance and animosity among group members (Simons & Peterson 2000).

Table 3. Types of Conflict and its effect on cross-functional Team (Adapted from Jehn & Mannix 2001)

Types of Conflicts and its effect on cross-functional team

Relationship Task

Description Include tension, annoyance, & animosity among group members

Examples Cross-functional team member’s rude attitudes, cynical comments, intentional ignoring and backstabbing among cross- functional members.

Effects Hurts cross-functional team effectiveness and dysfunctional. Poor performance and low commitment.

Disagreements about task being performed.

Cross-functional team members disagree about the departmental resource distribution.

Under certain circumstances, is beneficial to cross-functional team effectiveness and largely functional.

Page 42: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

40

Although both task and relationship conflict have consistently been found to be negatively related to team member satisfaction (e.g. Amason & Schweiger 1997, Jehn 1995) there appears to be a disconnect in the literature on team conflicts between theorizing (i.e. task conflict can be good, relationship conflict is bad) and the empirical evidence. Thus, it is unclear whether the perspective proposed by Jehn (1995) should be favored to the information processing perspective, which suggests that (both task and relationship) conflicts interfere with team performance. When task conflict does not reach a consensus, dissatisfaction arises that result in relationship conflict. Similarly, relationship conflict between members can produce artificial task conflict by refusing each other’s ideas (Jehn et al. 1999). Relationship conflict hurts team effectiveness. Task conflict can, under certain circumstances, be beneficial to team effectiveness (e.g. Amason 1996, De Dreu & Van De Vliert 1997, Jehn 1995, and Simons & Peterson 2000).

Task conflict is largely functional, whereas relationship conflict is dysfunctional (e.g. McShane & Von Glinow 2000, Robbins 2000, and Rollinson 2002). According to Simons & Peterson (2000) a number of researchers have found that task conflict can lead to increased satisfaction with the group decision and a desire of members to stay in the group and also have shown a cross relationship between the two forms of conflict. Studies show that process conflict and relationship conflict are dysfunctional conflict types, with a negative effect on learning performance (Amason 1996, De Dreu & Weingart 2003, Jehn & Mannix 2001, Simons & Peterson 2000). A positive outcome is associated with access to a diverse range of knowledge and perspectives which provides not only an increased pool of resources, but also an opportunity for novel connections, cognitive stimulation and the generation of creative ideas (Ancona & Caldwell 1992, De Dreu & West 2001, Paulus & Yang 2000). A negative outcome is associated with factors including increased emotional conflict consequent to misinterpretation of disagreements or in-team/out-team social categorization (Amason 1996, Pelled et al. 1999).

In summary diversity should not influence the teams’ performance directly, but might affect through some intervening variables, such as organization and task characteristic, communication or conflict (Williams & O’Reilly’s 1998). In this study three functional diversities, are addressed namely information, social category and the value diversity, especially on how they affect the functioning and performance of team and up to what extent the functional diversity create conflict (task and relationship) which affect the NP launch.

Page 43: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

41

2.3.3 Key concept of conflicts

In this section the researcher will discuss the key concepts such as conflicts (modern conflict and classical sociology) functional and dysfunctional conflict and conflict resolution styles.

Wright Mills has been called the founder of the modern conflict theory (Knapp 1994). In his view, social structures are created through conflict between people with differing interests and resources. Individuals and resources, in turn, are influenced by these structures and by the "unequal distribution of power and resources in the society." (Knapp 1994). He theorized that the policies of the power elite would result in "increased escalation of conflict, production of weapons of mass destruction and possibly the annihilation of the human race.” (Knapp 1994). Most recently, the protest movement that toppled President Mubarak of Egypt drew extensively on his ideas, as well as the youth movement in Tunisia and the earlier ones in the Eastern European color revolutions that had previously been inspired by Sharp's work (Shy U.S.).

Of the classical founders of social science, conflict theory is most commonly associated with Karl Marx (1818-1883). Based on Marx and a dialectical materialist account history, Marxism posited that capitalism, like previous socio- economic systems, would inevitably produce internal tensions leading to its own destruction (Baird et al. 2008). Marx argued that property struggles evolve into political struggles between owners and renters, capitalists and workers and other groups. Material conditions determine the ability of any of these groups to organize effectively and politically (Randall Collins 1974). According to Marx, in all stratified societies there are two major social groups: a ruling class and a subject class. The ruling class derives its power from its ownership and control of the forces of production. The ruling class exploits and oppresses the subject class. As a result there is a basic conflict of interest between the two classes.

Page 44: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

42

There is a great deal of possibility for conflict to take place when coming to work together (Chiberg 1991). Some researchers show that conflict is destructive and reduces group performance (e.g. Schwenk & Cosier 1993), although other studies find conflict beneficial and conducive to higher group performance (e.g. Baron 1991, Bourgeois 1985, Putnam 1994). Conflicts are viewed as interpersonal conflict i.e the conflict take place within the individuals. Second level is intrapersonal conflict that is the conflict between individuals in the same group or unit and the third level of conflict is the conflict between groups in the same organization, team or command. During NPD process, these conflicts are assumed to appear so often, that they are described as a feature which cannot be avoided (Kezsbom 1992, Pinto & Kharbanda 1995) however these conflicts can have positive or negative consequences on team performance and success. Shaw et al. (2003) described conflict between functions during NPD processes that led to cooperation barriers whereas other authors (Jehn & Mannix 2001) have shown that conflicts can contribute to goal attainment by demonstrating and understanding different points of view. However, in this study the conflict is focused on interpersonal and intra–group conflict (such as task and relationship conflicts) and the researcher will investigate up to what extent such conflicts will affect the NPL.

Functional and dysfunctional conflict phenomenon

The phenomenon of conflict is considered along two different perspectives. According to Vaaland & Håkansson (2003) the first perspective regards conflict as a disease in organizations with primarily disruptive, dissociating and dysfunctional consequences. The second perspective holds that, conflict can be functional. In a project environment according to Loosemore (2000) conflicts can enhance creativity and innovation. Gadde & Håkansson in Vaaland & Håkansson (2002) illustrate how conflict may be functional and dysfunctional by a figure with two axes, the first axis indicate the degree of collaboration between two parties and the second indicate the degree of conflict in connection with business relationships, as shown in Figure 2. The figure reflects that by viewing collaboration and conflict as two dimensions, it is possible to identify four combinations. The most interesting is the fourth quadrant “well progressed” characterized by a high degree of conflict and at the same time a high degree of collaboration.

Page 45: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

43

Figure 2. Illustrate the degree of conflict vs. degree of collaboration (Adapted from

Vaaland & Håkans- son 2003).

The conflict that supports the goals of the group and improves its performance is called as functional conflicts, whereas conflict that hinders group performance is called as dysfunctional conflicts (Robbins 2001). The conflict between manufacturing and marketing departments can, therefore, not only be an example of dysfunctional conflict (Shapiro 1997) but also can be an example of horizontal conflict, as it occurs between individual departments at the same level (Kwahk & Kim 1998). Therefore, the researcher will evaluate the degree of collaboration and the degree of conflict between the cross-functional team’s members such as product development, marketing, sales, manufacturing, resources and finance and will investigate up to what extent these collaboration and conflict create functional and dysfunctional conflicts and why such conflicts affect new product launch.

Conflict resolution styles

Using the Conflict Management Model (Rahim 1993, 1992, Thomas & Kilmann 1978) the behavior can be expressed in terms of co-operation and assertiveness and how that approach works. Conflict-handling intention should be appropriate for the situation.

Page 46: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

44

Conflict Management Model – Showing how assertive and Co-operative behaviors inter-relate

Low Moderate High

COOPERATIVENESS

Figure 3. Conflict Management Model (Adapted from Rahim 1983, 1992, Thomas & Kilmann 1978).

Cooperativeness—“the degree to which one party attempts to satisfy the other party’s concerns.”

Assertiveness—“the degree to which one party attempts to satisfy his or her own concerns.” A frequently used five–style conflict management model such as Competition, Collaboration, Compromise, Avoidance and Accommodation with two dimensions cooperativeness and assertiveness, Figure 3 (Rahim 1983, 1992, Thomas & Kilmann 1978).

Studies of managerial conflict resolution (Burke 1969) and project manager effectiveness (Thamhain & Wilemon 1977) both show that conflict management strategies differ in their importance. The five conflicts–handling intentions provide general guidelines for parties in a conflict situation. They define each party’s purpose, but they are not fixed. They might change because of re-conceptualization or because of an emotional reaction. Avoidance, Accommodation and Competition do not facilitate cross-functional integration. In contrast Collaboration and Compromise are considered problem solving approach to cross-functional conflicts and both facilitate cross-functional integration. The researcher will be using the conflict resolution module to investigate the cross-functional conflicts.

A

SS

ER

TIV

EN

ES

S

Mod

erat

e Lo

w

Hig

h

Page 47: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

45

In summary the parameters of conflict theory (classical sociology & modern approaches) dynamic process of conflict, functional and dysfunctional conflict, etc. will provide a useful lens with which the researcher will analyze the research questions to ascertain how these key concepts will affect the functioning and performance of a team and up to what extent these concepts affect the NP launch. The existence of conflict is not the sole issue, the manner in which conflict is managed is also important (Thomas 1992).

2.3.4 Cross-functional team

The researcher will select the cross-functional team as one of the elements in this study. To answer the research questions, the following key concepts will be briefly discussed under the domain of cross-functional team such as communication, cross-functional integration, cross-functional conflicts and management styles. These concepts are an integral part of cross-functional team and the researcher will evaluate how these concepts will affect the cross-functional team and up to what extent such concepts affect new product launch. Product success depends upon several factors. One of the factors identified is cross-functional team (De Brentaini & Kleinschmidt 2004, Steward-Knox & Mitchell, 2003).

Communication

Massery & Kyriazis (2006) claim that the communication quality and bidirectional communication have strong effects on both forms of conflict. Also, the managerial use of frequent communication is ineffective in reducing dysfunctional conflict during NPD projects. Communication is essential for NPD team and some researchers have conjectured that the frequency and quality of communication create successful integration of the department (Griffin & Hauser 1992, Ruekert & Walker 1987). Frequent communication reduces the uncertainty associated with an activity and facilitates performance (Daft & Lengel 1984, Galbraith 1997). Bidirectionality reduces ambiguity, facilitates d i a logue , he lps c l a r i fy and improve the quality of dynamic communications and increases relationship effectiveness (Fisher et al. 1997, Johike et al. 2000). Poor quality cross-functional communications are dysfunctional (Maltz & Kohl 1996). Moreover, there is evidence that the performance of individual units and the firm itself improves when cross-functional relationship are 'effective' (Souder 1981).

Page 48: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

46

Cross-Functional Integration

The cross-functional relationship is the need to co-ordinate various functional specialists from differing departments, which was recognized by early organizational theorists (Follett 1949). Follett (1949) in particular, emphasized the need for co-ordination, co-operation and integration between differing departments to achieve better corporate outcomes. Follett, thus introduced the concept of “cross functioning” into the literature whereby the heads of the departments would either, formally or informally, communicate with each other in an attempt to promote integration. Song & Parry (1997 p. 5) define cross-functional integration as “the level of unity of effort across functional units in developing and launching a new product.”

Cross-functional integration pools resource and skills from different functions, providing flexibility in workforce and capital resources and enhancing the use of the organizational resources (e.g. Ford & Randolph 1992). Working with other employees who have different backgrounds and perspectives on work and goals can generate conflict over resources, technical issues, pay and personnel assignments (e.g. Olson et al. 1995). Increased integration and decreased conflict can be done via more meetings, greater cross-functional information flow and documented information exchange (Khan & Mentzer 1998).

Integration has been labeled using many and varied terms including interaction, collaboration, communication and cooperation (Khan 1996, Leenders & Wierenga 2002, Mc Donought 2000, Pinto et al. 1993, Song & Parry 1997). Kahn (1996) described cross-functional integration as “a multidimensional process that subsumes interaction and collaboration” because these dimensions alone are not sufficient. Therefore, integration goes beyond any exclusive dimension of the construct. He described collaboration as a “Mutual/shared process where two or more departments work together, have mutual understanding, have a common vision, share resources and achieve collective goals.” Inter-functional cooperation refers to the extent and effectiveness of information sharing among functional areas (Xie et al. 2003, Olson et al. 2001). Olson et al (2001) found that “higher levels of cooperation between functions generate stronger new product performance than do lower levels of cooperation.” Cross-functional integration is the coordinated use of different functions in NPD teams toward value-creating activities (Im & Nakata 2008).

Page 49: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

47

Cross-functional conflicts.

Human behavior constantly chooses to play either a dominant or a submissive role (Judd et al. 2010). Behavior includes statements, actions and reactions made by the conflicting parties. Poor cross-functional collaboration: functional mind- set; lack of resources and lower firm power will lead to cross-functional conflicts. Cross-functional conflicts which hinder group performance are dysfunctional or destructive. The original conceptualization of conflict is its dysfunctional form (e.g. Pondy 1967). In contrast functional conflict is constructive and supportive of group goals and improves the group’s performance, which can lead to product success. If cross-functional conflicts are not managed properly, they can result in bad feeling, high turnover and costly litigation (Hirschman 2001 p. 59). They are said to be among the most difficult challenges that members of an organization face (Phillips & Cheston 1979) and among the most frustrating and uncomfortable experiences for managers (Earnest & McCaslin 1994). At the most serious level, conflicts can bring teams, departments and sometimes whole organizations to a virtual standstill (Fritchie & Leary 1998 p.1) Researchers find CFC to have a negative association with group productivity, organization performance and the quality of group decision making (Brown 1983, Schwenk & Cosier 1993). The growing complexity of organizational life, contrariwise, has provided increased empirical support for a positive relationship between conflict and group performance (Bourgeois 1985), organizational learning (Fiol 1994) and high-quality decision making (Schwenk & Valacich 1994).

Xie et al. (2003) in their study examined 968 marketing managers in four different cultures (U.S., British, Japanese and Hong Kong) and reveal that different conflict resolution methods were used both on the culture and on the level of conflict involved in organizations during new product launches. Ulkuniemi (2003) claims that the conflicting views inside the company related to the six elements of marketing, namely, industry supply, exchange counterpart, exchange mechanisms, object of exchange, industry demand and own needs.

Management style

When employees are encouraged to participate in the company decision-making process, conflicts are resolved more easily (Dyer & Song 1997). Efficient management is the key to business success (Aquino 1990, Bharadwaj & Menon 1993, Steiner & Solem 1998). Several studies of engineering management and conflict resolution suggest that the consequences of conflict in project management

Page 50: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

48

depend on the effectiveness of project managers in promoting its beneficial elements while minimizing its detrimental aspects (e.g. Thamhain & Wilemono 1975). Cross-functional teams will not achieve full performance without the intervention of trained leaders to manage the team effectively and a leader should take time before and at the beginning of the life of the team to create an effective team climate. Challenges for leaders of cross-functional teams will continue to be multifaceted and critical to achieving organizational success (Webber 2002). Top management support and resources allocation are two of the success factors in new product launches (Cooper & Kleinschmdt 1995a, 1996).

The academic literature suggests that concepts such as communication, cross- functional integration, cross-functional conflicts and management style play an integral part in new product launches. Studies carried out for companies such as HP, 3M, AT&T, Merck, Hoffman-LaRoche, Northern Telecom, Canon, Xerox and Honda show that cross-functional teams work well for NPD (Merrils 1989, Nevens et al. 1990, Quinn 1985) and some empirical work (Ancona & Caldwell 1992, Magjuk & Baldwin 1991) confirm that new product teams use their ability to draw from broad perspectives, work in parallel and communicate better and coordinate with other parts of the organization to react quickly to project needs. More specifically, researchers have found that cross-functional teams develop better products (Clark & Fujimoto 1990, Nonaka 1991). Certain companies (e.g. Honda City, NEC PC8000, Canon AE-1) and projects at 3M, Xerox, Takeuchi and Nonaka (1986) suggest that the use of cross-functional teams are limited by such things as the teams’ efforts to implement correctly, difficulties to create breakthrough technologies that require revolutionary innovation and innovations driven by an individual not being suited to a team approach. In the end, the researcher decided to investigate the involvement of a cross-functional team and the behavior of its members in regard to communication, cross-functional integration, cross-functional conflicts and the management styles related to a new product launch and how far this involvement affected the new product launch.

In summary the concepts under cross-functional team such as communication, cross-functional integration, cross-functional conflicts and management styles will have influence on the teams’ performance, which will have an impact on the new products performance.

Page 51: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

49

Communication has functional and dysfunctional conflicts during NPD (Masssry & Kyriazis 2006). Cross-functional integration enhance organizational resources (Ford & Randolph 1992) the same integration could generate conflict over resources (Olson et al. 1995). Task conflict is largely functional, whereas relationship conflict is dysfunctional (e.g. McShane & Von Glinow 2000, Robbins 2000, and Rollinson 2002). Many researchers emphasize the importance of leadership as a premise to the cross-functional teams (Anh Thi & Alena 2013). In this study, it will be evaluated up to what extent the cross-functional team creates conflicts (task and relationship) which affect the NP launch.

2. 4 A Model of cross-functional conflicts in new product launches

As noted in the previous chapter, a preliminary model was developed on the basis of the existing literature. The model consists of conflict enablers, cross-functional conflicts and new product launches. The researcher synthesized these elements to form the preliminary framework which will be used to analyze the empirical data of this research. The conflict enablers will demonstrate how functional diversity and resources create conflicts, which in turn affect the new product launches. The cross-functional conflicts represent two types of conflict, namely, over tasks and relationships. However, the conflict enabler’s element (functional diversity and resources) will help to find how far the cross-functional conflicts (task and relationship) affect any new product launch. Basically, the conflict enablers and cross-functional conflicts are inevitably related to each other. The third element of the preliminary framework is the new product launch. The performance of the new product will be divided into two streams, i.e. brand extension and line extension. The researcher will identify how cross-functional conflicts may influence brand and line extensions. An ambitious attempt has been made to take advantage of the existing literature extensively. Figure 4 illustrates the preliminary theoretical model.

Page 52: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

50

Figure 4. Theoretical model of CFT in NPL.

Conflict enablers

On the basis of the existing literature the following conflict enablers were identified: functional diversity including team diversity, communication and management style and functional resources including marketing resources, technical resources and human resources.

The conflict enablers are supported by theories such as diversity and RBV, to analyze the empirical data collected from the interviews. The conflict enablers will help to answer the research questions and the emphasis will be given to the way in which a functionally diversified team affects new product launches and why a

Page 53: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

51

lack of resources leads to cross-functional conflicts. The concept of enablers is based on the assumption that they already exist in the food industry. The target of this research at this point is to find how far functional diversity and lack of resources create cross-functional conflicts which affect new product launches in the case company. This level discusses different dimensions of diversity and resources, which will lead to different types of cross-functional conflicts.

Functional diversity

Based on the existing literature, the following functional diversities were identified and discussed: team diversity, communications and management style. Multi- functional diversity such as skills, knowledge, age, multi-cultural background etc. will have either positive or negative effects on cross-functional conflicts. In this study the researcher identified that team diversity, communication and management style will have an impact on the cross-functional conflicts in new product launches.

Team diversity

Team diversity refers to the team that brings together people from different disciplines and functions, who have pertinent expertise in the proposed course of action (Early & Mosakowski 2000). The cross-functional team for new product development is made up of individuals from different functions or departments within the organization. The process of new product development is not set apart from the people who are working on the process (Craig & Hart 1992) because the development activities involve integrating different functions such as marketing, engineering and manufacturing (Cooper 1988). Nevertheless, integrating people from different expertise backgrounds is difficult, due to the likelihood of task conflict (Gebert et al. 2006).

The diversity of the team, which is measured by using an entropy-based diversity index, is significantly and negatively related to the team innovation performance (Ancona & Caldwell 1992). But, in contradiction, a study by Zirger & Hartley (1996) has asserted that increasing the index of functional diversity in a new product development team led to accelerated development time performance. Valle & Avella (2003) suggest that a high level of participation by different functional people, for instance, in R&D, engineering and design, manufacturing, finances, marketing, suppliers and customers in the new product development team, significantly impact on performance in new product development, in particular by reducing development time and development costs as well as increasing product

Page 54: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

52

quality. They conclude that the diversity among team members has mixed results on their performance in this regard. In any case, using cross-functional teams has been shown to be beneficial when the different functional people in a team facilitate high interaction, collaboration and cooperation.

Communication

Several communication dimensions are known to affect functional diversity during NPL such as the frequency, directionality and quality of communication. Communication frequency is defined as the intensity of information flow between managers via meetings, reports and telephone conversations (Van de Ven & Ferry 1980). Cross-functional integration can have significant advantages for the development of new products by increasing both communication frequency and the amount of information flow in the organization (Randolph & Posner 1992). Effective relationships are built on a foundation of frequent communication within cross-functional teams. Frequent communication can promote mutual understanding, lead to more harmonious relationships and improve joint decision- making (cf. Griffin & Hauser 1996). Lack of communication is a major barrier to cordial relationships in cross-functional teams (Song et al. 2000).

Bidirectional communication is included, because recent studies have established its importance in CFRs (e.g. Dawes & Massey 2005, Fisher et al. 1997). Moreover, Wheelwright & Clark (1992) note that bidirectional communication is especially important during NPD. Bidirectionality is defined as the extent to which communication is a two-way process (Fisher et al. 1997). Last, on communication quality, various studies (e.g. Gupta et al. 1986, Gupta & Wilemon 1988) have found that the quality of communication provided by Marketing to R&D during NPD influences the perceived competence of Marketing Managers. Communication quality may therefore influence interpersonal conflict during NPD projects. Consistent with Moenaert et al (1992) communication quality is defined as the level of credibility the information provided by the Marketing Manager was and how understandable, relevant and useful it was for the R&D Manager in completing the task.

Management style

Effective leaders could create a positive environment for team cooperation and could also settle conflicts which might otherwise have turned into dysfunctional conflict (Lovelace et al. 2001). Additionally, effective leaders can guide team

Page 55: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

53

members to ignore the implicit stereotypes they have of each other and influence the emergence of collaborative group norms (Jassawalla & Sashittal 1999). Leaders who emphasize group relationships could support team members to communicate their differences in a productive and cooperative fashion. Overall, these leader behaviors would probably lead to more positive feelings between team members, including those that foster greater cooperation and trust (Lovelace et al. 2001).

Functional resources

In the existing literature, the following functional resources were identified and discussed: marketing resources, technical resources and human resources. Seppanen (2000) claims in his study that functional skills are a fundamental competence dimension, based on analyzing and comparing two different cases. In the present study, the researcher evaluates such resources as marketing, technical and human resources to assess their competitive and economic implications. Further the researcher investigates how far these resources will create CFC (in the task and the relationships) and why such conflicts affect the new product launch. The consumer is the essential factor when considering how far resources should be invested into a certain market, since the consumer is the key player in the FMCG industry. In the selling of food, insufficient resources such as marketing and technology are often cited as a cause of failure and resource scarcity is one of the main contributors to conflict. Hence, rresource availability is one of the key success factors in the NPD process.

Marketing resources

In today’s competitive environment, the challenge for all business is not only to develop innovative products, but also to ensure that proper marketing activities for them are carried out in order to stay ahead of competitors either in a new market or existing markets. Companies have to invest heavy marketing support, such as above the line (ATL) and below the line (BTL) activities, not only at the time of pre- launching, but also in the post-launch period. Above the line (ATL) advertising is where mass media is used to promote brands and reach out to the target consumers. These include conventional medial such as television, radio, print as well as internet. This is communication that is targeted to a wider spread of audience, and is not specific to individual consumers. ATL advertising tries to reach out to the mass as consumer audience. Below the line (BTL) advertising is more one to one, and involves the distribution of pamphlets, handbills, stickers, promotion, brochures placed at point of sales, on the road through banners and placards. It could also

Page 56: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

54

involve product demos and sampling at busy places like malls and market places or residential complexes. Lack of such resources as product marketing, support during rollout and good market research were rated as having the highest negative impact on the launch of new products (Horban 1998).

Proper market research should either be carried out by the company’s in-house research team or depend on third party research (outsourced) before launching the new product. Market research is a continuous process for gathering data on product characteristics, suppliers, capabilities and surrounding business practices, plus an analysis of the data to make acquisition decisions (Walter Bergmann 1997). New product success is always linked to an understanding of customers’ needs and wants. Moreover, evidence suggests that new product failure can often be attributed to a lack of marketing research (Sultan & Barczak 1999). Information plays a key role in reducing new product failure rates and thus increasing new product success (Nijssen & Frambach 1998).

Technical resources

The taste and trends of customers keep changing, i.e. what they wore yesterday will be obsolete tomorrow. In order to cater for the customers’ changing demands and to sustain growth the companies should focus on various domains, such as high performance hybrid products, new materials, new technologies, etc. through the integration of the company’s wide technical resources with the aim of developing new products that are competitive. Innovation is the name of the mechanism by which organizations produce the new products, processes and systems required for adapting to changing markets, technologies and modes of competition (D’Avent 1994, Dougherty & Hardy 1996, Utterback 1994). Failure to innovate is a prime source of business failure.

Human resources

It is part of the accepted wisdom that the most critical ingredient in every organization is people. It is one of the important assets for new product launches; selecting the right people for the right job is vital for a new product to be successful. Employees who give high commitment and have high skills serve as valuable, scarce and non-imitable resources who can help firms implement the appropriate strategy (Lado & Wilson 1994). However, Carbonell & Rodriguez (2006) have found that employing experienced people significant and positively affects speed-to-market for technologically simple projects rather than technologically complex projects.

Page 57: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

55

Cross-functional conflicts (CFC)

In the current literature, two major cross-functional conflicts were identified: task and relationship conflicts. These two types of conflicts will be addressed to identify the causes and corrective measures that can be seen to have had an impact on new product launches in the case company. CFC focuses on the complexity of the team’s task (e.g. routine tasks, unambiguous goals, clear guidelines and procedures), while relationship conflict focuses on personal issues between individuals (e.g. emotions such as animosity and annoyance). The next section investigates how conflict enablers create conflicts (over tasks and relationships) and how far these conflicts affect NP launches. The researcher places the cross-functional conflicts as an integral part (center) of the conceptual framework. Figure 4 is a graphic presentation of the cross-functional conflicts in this model.

Task and relationship conflicts

Recent works suggest that task conflict may be negative or positive, depending on the nature of the task given to the team. Functional diversity leads to intergroup task conflict and relationship conflict via a set of cognitive and motivational processes, notably selective perception, categorization and intergroup anxiety (Peeled & Adler 1994). As Ross (1989 p. 1401) observes, “It is also possible for task differences to generate emotionally harsh language, which can be taken personally, hence both task and psychological conflicts occurring at the same time.” Conversely, emotional disagreements may stimulate task conflict, for team members may channel their hostility towards each other into an ostensibly task-related conflict.

Functional diversity may lead to mixed consequences by showing how diversity leads to inter-group conflicts that are task-based and/or emotion-based (Ancona & Caldwell 1992). Kramer (1989) has suggested that the more heterogeneous a group is, the more intergroup anxiety its members will experience. The combination of categorization and intergroup anxiety leads to negative expectations which can be self-confirming, promoting relationship conflict. Deficiencies in technical expertise can clearly trigger conflict-inducing processes and exacerbate the risk of conflict once they have begun to take effect (Wheelwright & Clark 1992).

Page 58: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

56

Conflict is inevitable in a team; in fact, to achieve synergistic solutions, a range of ideas and approaches, not always harmonious, are needed. The distinction is that task conflict may be largely functional (productive) whereas relationship conflict is dysfunctional (unproductive). Table 4 illustrates the pattern of team conflict and its potential outcome. In the present study, the members of the new product development team came from a diversified group and operated with high job complexity, stiff competition and challenges, rapid technological change and short product life cycles. In such circumstances, task conflict may have a positive effect. By contrast, however, task conflict in teams engaged in simple or routine tasks is generally dysfunctional. An unresolved task conflict could trigger negative feelings and shift to relationship conflict.

Table 4. Patterns in Team Conflict

Nature of Conflict Task Conflict

Potential Outcomes

Complex task : Favorable Outcome:

- Thrashing out issues of strategic consequence, divergent viewpoints, disagreements on the right course of action

Good business solutions and good decisions can emerge

High potential for team. The company can reap the benefits in the short-term as well as over the long-term

Routine Task: Unfavorable Outcome:

- Conflicts that crop up between two or more team members during the course of carrying out an everyday routine task

- Disruption in the work, hindering team performance

- Temporary setback

Relationship Conflict: Unfavorable Outcome:

- Interpersonal conflict and personality clashes - Strained relationships, tense atmosphere in the team, commitment to the team gets eroded

- Animosity and open hostilities - Long-term fall-out and decline in team performance possible

Page 59: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

57

New product launches

On the basis of the existing literature, two types of new product were identified: brand extension and line extension and these were analyzed to find out the reason (s) for the failure. The impact of new products on an organization can in the long term be multilevel and multidimensional, complex and dynamic, subtle and perceivable (Hart 1993). The latest research from stage-gate.com (2011) (see Figure 5) illustrates the success or failure rate for three levels of performance. Top performers had sixty two percentage successes, fourteen percentage failures and twenty four percentages killed or cancelled before the launch. Middle performers had fifty two percentage successes, twenty eight percentage failures and twenty percentages killed or cancelled before the launch. Bottom performers had forty five percentage successes, thirty four percentage failures and twenty one percentages killed or cancelled before the launch. New product launches failed for numerous reasons, which are analyzed in a later chapter. Here, the researcher will characterize the failure in two kinds of innovation, i.e. brand extension and line extension. Figure 5 illustrates the fate of new product launches.

Figure 5. The success or failure rate for three levels of performance. Source: stage-gate.com Feb 2011.

Page 60: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

58

Page 61: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

59

3 Research methodology

This chapter describes the chosen research methodology. The first section presents the research approaches, the second is about the research strategy, the third lays out the design of the case study and the fourth section discusses the method of analysis.

Crotty (1998) defines research methodology as follows:

“The strategy, plan of action, process or design lying behind the choice and use of particular methods and linking the choice and use of methods to the desired outcomes” (p.3).

3.1 Research approaches

Social science studies identify two principal approaches to research, namely; quantitative and qualitative. However, Creswell (2003 p.3) identifies a third approach which he calls the mixed method. The following sections give a brief outline of the qualitative and quantitative approaches and justify the choice of appropriate approach for this study.

3.1.1 Quantitative research approach

This method has been available to social and human scientists for many years (Creswell 2003 p. 3). Its fundamental features are often concerned with finding evidence to either support or contradict an idea, hypothesis by answering questions with measurements. It is inclined to be deductive, whereby it tests theory and the results produced can be generalized. The most common strategies of enquiry used in this approach are experiments and surveys. Experiments, like case studies can be exploratory, descriptive or explanatory and focus on “how” and “why” research questions (Yin 2003 p. 4-5). The survey emphasizes the frequency or number of answers when the same questions are put to different people. According to Yin (2003 p. 5) survey enquiry focuses on “who”, “what”, “where”, “how many”, “how much” as research questions.

Page 62: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

60

3.1.2 Qualitative research approach

This approach first emerged during the last three or four decades (Creswell 2003 p. 5). The approach does not employ the same strategies of enquiry and methods of data collection and analysis as quantitative research does. Some of the strategies include ethnography, grounded theory, phenomenology, narrative and case study research. There has been an increased interest in qualitative research in almost every business discipline (Klein & Myers 1999, Myers 2009). To conduct qualitative research, a researcher must actively engage with people in real organizations (Myers 2009 p.13-14).

In this research, the research phenomenon, functional diversity and functional resources of the cross-functional team was studied through examining examples of NPD development project involving cross-functional teams. More specifically, five examples within a single case firm were examined and as embedded units of analysis: two with brand extensions and three with line extension with multiple SKUs. Such a research setting was chosen due to several reasons. Firstly, the nature of the research phenomenon is rather complex and difficult to extract from its context. Functional diversity and functional resources of cross-functional team and related conflicts are closely embedded into the social and cultural context of the participants and organizations. As a research topic, functional diversity is also rather new in the cultural context of Saudi Arabia and qualitative approach was considered to enable a broader view of the empirical data. Secondly, the nature of the research questions posed in this study i.e. “how & why” and the theories applied to answer them reflect the need to examine the phenomenon with a qualitative approach. Methodologically, to grasp the studied phenomenon, it was necessary to examine the attitudes, feelings and behaviors of the members of the cross- functional teams as well as tangible and intangible resources of the organization in greater depth. The researcher also found the qualitative research approach more suitable than quantitative methods as the researcher’s experience, familiarity with the organization and the contact with the staff enabled to extract in-depth view of the cross-functional conflicts in new product launches.

3.2 Research strategy

Yin (2003 p. 14) perceives a case study as a comprehensive research strategy covering a logic of design, data collection techniques and specific approaches to data analysis, which all amount to a process rather than an object. The case study approach taken in this research is more suitable than any quantitative method when

Page 63: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

61

researching from the resource-based view (Lockett & Thompson 2001). According to Robson (2002 p.178) a case study strategy for research is one which involves an empirical investigation of a particular contemporary phenomenon within its real life context using multiple sources of evidence. The research strategy is a way of finding empirical data about the world (Myers 2009). According to Schramm (1971 p. 6), “the essence of a case study, the central tendency among all types of case study, is that it tries to illuminate a decision or set of decisions: why they were taken, how they were implemented, and with what result.”

Regarding the present study “contemporary phenomenon” implies that the cross-functional team members can still be interviewed and that the researcher does not have to rely on documents alone. The researcher would like to contribute to knowledge about cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food industry. The current research is concerned with finding how functional diversity generated cross-functional conflicts (which corresponds to Schramm’s How was the decision implemented?) and why such cross-functional conflicts affected new product launches (which corresponds to Schramm’s with what result was the decision implemented?). Thus, based on Schramm (1971) and Yin (1994, 2003), the case study offers a suitable research method for this study. Hence some researchers have used a case study approach to study group diversity (Mitchell & Eckstein 2009, Rovio et al. 2009, Ko 2005, Shmidt et al. 2005, Klein & Stern 2009).

Determining the type of case study

Different types of research serve different purposes; the same type of methodology does not fit all purposes. Yin (2003) identifies three types of case study, namely, exploratory, explanatory and descriptive. Explanatory case studies should consist of an accurate description of the facts of a case, considerations of alternative explanations, and a conclusion based on credible explanations that are congruent with the facts. Explanatory case studies can be employed when a phenomenon cannot be studied outside the contexts in which it occurs (Yin 2003). In order to make an original contribution to the knowledge the researcher gathered empirical evidence for five embedded unit of analysis from the cross-functional teams. Case study research does not normally involve participant observation or fieldwork, instead most of the empirical evidence in business case study research comes from interviews and documents (Myers 2009). This applies to the research at hand. A case study can be used to study real life situations where there is no control on the part of the researcher (Myers 2009 p.73). In this study, the real life context is

Page 64: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

62

cross-functional conflicts and real life organization is the case in hand with five embedded units of analysis. In general the researcher has not had any control over the situation.

The researcher selected this case as an explanatory study, as the case is structured by a conceptual research framework that eye the attention of certain theoretically specified aspects of reality. The objective is to provide sufficient explanation by comparing the facts of the case with the preliminary research framework (Figure 4). For this reason the researcher selected single case study with embedded units of analysis. The following section will gives rational behind this selection.

3.2.1 Single case study designs

Choosing the case study as a method of inquiry considers a number of factors highlighted by Yin (2003 p. 40-43), Gillham (2000), Stake (1995) and Flyvbjerg (2001b). Each of these authors raises significant areas of discussion concerning the purpose of qualitative research. Yin (2009) identifies five rationales that could be eminently justifiable under certain conditions: where the case represents 1) a critical test of existing theory, 2) a rare or unique case, 3) a representative or typical case, 4) a revelatory case or 5) a longitudinal case. The multiple-case study design considers more than a single case which has allows the researcher to discern replicated processes and thus make use of the research evidence gained from the cross-analysis of them all. However it is difficult to conduct multiple case studies and require extensive resources and time beyond the means of an individual researcher.

This study represents a single-case study design with embedded unit of analysis i.e. five sub-units. Single-case designs require careful investigation of several possible choices case to minimize the chances of misrepresentation and to maximize the access needed to collect the case study evidence. Single-case study with embedded unit of analysis captures the circumstances and conditions of an everyday or commonplace situation. The purpose is to show how best the researcher can provide the answer to research questions. Secondly the researcher has an opportunity to observe and analyses the phenomenon of CFC in a series of new product launches, which was previously inaccessible to the scientific observation. Table 5 justifies the choice of a single case study design.

Page 65: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

63

Table 5. Reasons for choosing the single-case study design

Rationale for single-case designs Study in hand

Representativeness The objective of this rationale is to capture the circumstances and conditions of an everyday or commonplace situation. The purpose is to show how best the researcher can provide the answers to the research questions.

Revelatory case Here the researcher has an opportunity to observe and analyze the phenomenon of CFC in a series of new product launches, which was previously inaccessible to scientific observation.

3.2.2 Selection of the case

Since this is a single-case study the selection of the case is an important step in case research, in order to describe the cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food industry. The selection of the case should include richness of information availability, accessibility, uniqueness and direct observations. Pettigrew (1989) suggests choosing a case which represents situations where the object of interest is transparently observable. In a single case study it might be interested in studying the case for its criticality, extreme nature of uniqueness (Yin 1989 p.47), and these would thus guide the case selection. In the FMCG business setting many cases representing various sectors such as food, toiletries, cosmetic, disposable diapers etc. were identified. For this study, the researcher selected the food industry in Saudi Arabia as the empirical context based on his personal connection with the respondents as well as easy access to the empirical material.

The purpose of studying cross-functional conflict in new product launches in food industry provides two vital criteria: first, cross-functional team; second, cross- functional conflicts.

Cross-functional team The researcher chooses a company which is large in size not only in Saudi Arabia but also in the GCC region and the company is keen in developing new products. Since the researcher had worked in it for the last 23 years the researcher aware the organization structure of the company well. Although the company defined its functional departments, the cross-functional team involvement is not in existence with regard to new product launch. This criteria could give the researcher to study each department’s roles and their involvement in new product launches.

Page 66: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

64

Cross-function conflicts Conflicts are inevitable in an organization but how the company handle these conflicts are more important. Here again the researcher witness the cross- functional conflicts in new product launches within and between departments. The researcher chooses a company with multinational working environment consists of locals (Saudis) and expatriates. Conflicts arises when people diversities such as knowledge, value and social are pooled together and it is very difficult to study conflicts in an organization due to their sensitive and person –related nature. This criteria gives an opportunity to the researcher to conduct in depth study on why cross-functional conflicts affects new product launches in the food industry (Research question 2)

In addition to these two main criteria the researcher also identified additional three criteria such as; the researcher was given quite a broad access for collecting the research data i.e. entry for data collection should be possible (Marshall & Rossman 1989 p.54), the case chosen should be transparently observable (Pettigrew 1989). Finally the researcher’s presence in the company for 23 years, his experience, familiarity with the organization and contact could add value to the case approaches and decrease the complexity of the thesis.

Based on the above discussed criteria for finding the case. The researcher conducted the selection and opts to use the company he worked for the last 23 years. The researcher has observed over a period of years the types of cross- functional conflicts and how these conflicts were handled with regard to new product launches. The company selected was very interested in the topic of the research and it believes to get some solutions to problems related to cross-functional conflicts in new product launches. To maintain confidentiality the name of the case company given in this study as JEM4A and the respondents correct names have not be disclosed in this study.

3.2.3 Defining the unit of analysis

In considering the research questions and defining the design for a case study, it is very importance to determine the unit of analysis. Holistic case study refers to a single-case study design with a single unit of analysis, whereas embedded case study refers to a single-case study design with multiple units of analysis. One of the common pitfalls associated with a holistic research design is that there is a tendency for researchers to analyze the case in question either too broadly or to

Page 67: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

65

choose a topic which has too many objectives to study properly. Several authors, including Yin (2003) and Stake (1995), have suggested that placing boundaries on a case can prevent such explosions. To this end, the researcher has chosen an embedded case study with multiple units of analysis, which is in line with the type 2 study of Yin (1994), i.e. a single case with multiple units of analysis. The reason for selecting this design is the complexity of the case. In the present study it was decided that the main unit of analysis is a new product launch operating at firm level, not at industry level. To analyze this level further, the researcher identified the company’s failed products as smaller units of analysis (Table 6). The present study analyzes how functional diversity affects new product launches and why do cross-functional conflicts affect new product launches, in the food industry.

The researcher will use different types of empirical material at different levels, i.e. main and sub levels. The NPL level analysis includes empirical material, such as interviews of the personnel of the JEM4A, Tetra Pak, the advertising agency and competitors who had expertise in relation to the NPL and the industry’s literature concerning the NPL. The failed products are studied through interviewing the personnel of the same companies i.e. JEM4A, Tetra Pak, the advertising agency and the competitors, plus the documents of different kinds relating to the failed products. The present study will be linked to the model developed by the researcher. The analysis is carried out by using the concepts of the a priori model (conflict enablers and cross-functional conflicts) for analyzing the data.

The pitfall associated with the embedded case study design is that researchers analyze at the individual subunit level and fail to return to the global issue that they initially set out to address (Yin 2003).This drawback has been taken into account in the present analysis, of the failed products so that they are brought into line with the main unit, i.e. the NPL. The analysis applies to both levels i.e. of the NPL and of the failed products.

Table 6. Units of analysis

Unit of analysis Empirical documents to be used

NPL (main unit) Interviews with JEM4A, Tetra Pak and Advertising Agency personnel.

Industry literature concerning NPL.

Failed Products (sub unit) Interviews with JEM4A and TTP personnel.

Documents related to failed products.

Page 68: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

66

3.2.4 Gathering of the empirical material

This research is single case study with embedded units of analysis (multiple sources of evidence) and is carried out in a fast moving consumer goods company in the food manufacturing industry. The company name is given in the present study as JEM4A. This is not its real name, to protect confidentiality, and for the same reason it is not possible to give detailed background information about the company itself. This section provides a guide to the data collection and interviewing. Initially background material from the industry’s literature (secondary data) was gathered as empirical data, as noted Chapter 2. The literature gathering gave merely a basic understanding of new product launches. The main purpose of gathering empirical data from the literature is to become familiar with industry-specific concepts and the general issues concerned with new product launches. These empirical data provide the researcher with specific tools to tackle the informants in the interviewing phase. Figure 6 gives an overview of the empirical material.

Figure 6. The empirical research data.

Page 69: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

67

Data collection

Invariably, researchers on the marketing of new products collect primary data about these products from the responsible or most knowledgeable managers in the firm (for example, Goffin & New 2001, Jensen & Harmsen 2001, Muffatto & Roveda 2000, Olson et al. 2001, Rahim & Baksh, 2003, Woodcock et al. 2000). Data for qualitative case studies may come from many sources. Stake (1995) and Yin (2009) identify at least six widely used major sources of data: documentation, archival records, interviews, direct observation, participant observation and physical artifacts. Any case study finding is likely to be more convincing and accurate if it is based on several different sources of information (Yin 2009 p.116). Triangulation is a useful strategy for minimizing the bias that exists in both researchers and the researched (Remenyi & Williams 1996).

For the present study, various sources of data were consulted, such as documents, archival records, observations and interviews. Semi-structured interviews with open ended questions were the main source of data and so was attendance at the different forms of meeting such as demand/supply, pre-Sales and Operational Planning, executive S&OP and monthly executive meetings. The minutes of meetings and reports for a period of two years from 2011 and 2012 were also used for the present study. Part of the empirical material consists of meetings at which the researcher was only a silent observer. In addition the researcher had access to multiple company documents, reports and third party reports (IMES, Data Monitor & A.C. Neilson) which contributed to the findings.

Myers & Newman (2007) distinguish between three types of qualitative interview: structured interviews, unstructured or semi-structured interviews and group interviews. In the present study the researcher interviewed the cross- functional team members (PD, Sales, Marketing, Manufacturing and Finance & Resources) in the case. The different types of empirical material were collected in order to allow methodological triangulation (Denzin 1984). According to Yin (1989) the use of multiple sources of evidence can help the researcher to overcome potential problems regarding the construct validity and reliability of the study. Initially the researcher’s plan was to interview only the cross-functional team members of JEM4A, but after interviewing the JEM4A staff with reference to question no 3 (“In addition to the internal stakeholders (cross-functional teams) involvement, were there any external parties involved either directly or indirectly in new product launches?”), the researcher decided to interview the staff of the main supplier of machinery and packaging, the CEO of the advertising agency used by JEM4A and two competitors, who gave more evidence to the research.

Page 70: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

68

Meetings

The researcher is a member of the top management team of JEM4A, who attends monthly executive and other ad hoc meetings; where the team discusses all the operational and strategic issues including NPD/NPL and decisions are made; he has access to all the minutes of the meetings and reports. These meetings provided valuable sources of information for the present study. The observations made by the researcher in the meetings with regard to behavioral issues (conflicts) are documented in the form of emails.

Sales & operation planning meetings

The researcher has been employed by JEM4A for the past 23 years in the field of Finance as Senior Director Finance & Controllership. JEM4A implemented S&OP in 2009 and appointed the researcher as the S&OP controller. S&OP refers to “a set of decision-making processes to balance demand and supply, to integrate financial planning and operational planning and to link high-level strategic plans with day- to-day operations” (Wallace & Stahl 2008). Wallace & Stahl further describe S&OP as a five stage business process, which includes Data gathering, Demand Planning, Supply Planning, Pre-meeting and Executive Meeting. Table 7 illustrates the S&OP meetings and their objectives.

In the S&OP process there are four meetings per month, namely, a demand meeting, supply meeting, pre-meeting and Executive S&OP meeting. The Demand

meeting is chaired by the demand manager, whose team presents its 18-month rolling forecast (4 months within the time fence and 14 months beyond it) by overall volume, by family and by SKUs and discuss their difficulties with regard to product shortages, new product launches and other issues. The team also presents its monthly KPIs, which refers to key performance indicators such as OTIFQ (On Time, In Full and Quality) forecasting accuracy and sales performance (actual vs. budget).

The Supply meeting is chaired by the Supply manager, whose team presents a production plan together with an inventory plan for 18 months (4 months within the time fence and 14 months beyond it) by overall volume, by family and by SKUs and discuss their difficulties with regard to of raw and packaging materials, issues with regard to new product launches and other things. The team presents its monthly KPIs such as OTIFQ (On Time, In Full and Quality), Production plan performance (actual vs. planned), MPS (master production schedules), Capacity Use and inventory performance (planned vs. actual). The researcher attends all four meetings (demand and supply) and, as S&OP controller, the researcher chairs

Page 71: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

69

the pre-meeting, where both the demand and supply team present their rolling forecasts (demand & supply) inventory plan and KPIs and further discuss, resolve the issues raised by both teams and raise the unresolved problems with the executive S&OP team. The Executive S&OP team members are from top management; their meeting is chaired by the CEO and the researcher as S&OP controller presents the material for discussion. At the Executive S&OP meetings the issues raised at the pre-meeting are discussed and resolved. The team also signs off the 18 month rolling forecast for demand, supply and inventory at the overall volume level.

Table 7. Illustration of Sales and operational planning meetings

Type of meeting Date of meeting Chaired by Objective of the meeting

Demand 7th of every month

Demand manager

Present and discuss 18 month rolling forecast of demand figures and KIPs and the team discuss the difficulties and the status of new product launches.

Supply 16th of every month

Supply manager Present and discuss 18 month rolling forecast of production and inventory plan figures and KPIs and the team discuss the difficulties and the status of new product launches.

Pre-meeting 21st of every month

S&OP Controller Present and discuss 18 month rolling forecast of demand, production and inventory plans figures and the KPIs (of demand and supply) and the teams discuss the difficulties and the status of new product launches and accelerate the unresolved issues to the executive S&OP team

Executive S&OP

28th of every month

CEO The team signs off the 18 month rolling forecast and discuss and resolve the issues which arose in the pre-meeting.

Page 72: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

70

Monthly Executive Meetings

As a member of the top management team, the researcher attends monthly Executive meetings, where the team discusses all the operational and strategic issues and makes most of the related decisions. The researcher has access to all the reports and the minutes of the meetings. These meetings provided valuable data for the present study.

3.2.5 Interview guide

According to Patton (1990), qualitative researchers seek to understand, through in-depth interviews, etc., people’s perceptions and knowledge. The aim of the researcher is to capture the perspective of each respondent in her/his own words without allowing personal bias to affect the findings (Marshall & Rossman 1999). Semi-structured interviews with open ended questions form the main source of the data in this thesis. Through the responses to the open-ended questions a researcher understands and captures the views of the respondents (Patton 1990). The data collection was a three-step process.

Step one

Initial data gathering was carried out in 2010 and comprehensive data gathering started in early 2012 the researcher developed a set of theme based questions. Initially the researcher targeted the cross-functional members of the six cross-functional teams of JEM4A (see Appendix 2) and subsequently he extended the theme based questions to two suppliers, since they are the main suppliers of machinery and packaging, and JEM4A’s advertising agent (see data collection section), in addition to two competitors. The theme based questions were sent by email well in advance to the participants. The interviewees selected were involved to some extent in the new product launches. The interviewees included departmental heads, sectional heads, Category managers, Deputy Chief Officers and Chief Officers (top management) of JEM4A. The researcher conducted twenty-nine interviews with JEM4A staff, of which thirteen were face to face and sixteen via email, being too far away for face to face interviews. The researcher made slight changes to the theme based questions for top management (Chief Officers and deputy chief officers). These changes were made in order to confirm the responses received from the staff; e.g. some important questions, for example, questions number 1, 2, 5, 8, 9 and 10, were vetted by the top management (refer to Appendix 3).

Page 73: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

71

Step two

From the theme based questions JEM4A staff identified three parties as the external stake holders involved in NPL. The first external stake holder is Tetra Pak, one of JEM4A’s main suppliers of machinery and packaging material. The researcher sent the theme based questions to four of its directors (marketing, sales and finance and key accounts). The four directors sent by email a single response signed by them all because their base was too far away (1100km) to interview them face-to face. The interview themes are shown in Appendix 4. The second external stake holder is JEM4A’s advertising agency. Here, the theme based questions were sent to the CEO of the firm and the response was made via email, owing to the distance from the researcher’s base (1100km). The interview themes are illustrated in Appendix 5. The third external party is the competitors. The researcher approached four leading competitors, two of whom declined to participate in an interview, but the researcher managed to interview the marketing managers of the remaining two competing forms. The theme based questions were sent to the marketing managers and their responses were received via emails. The researcher had further discussion with them over the telephone. The objective of these interviews was to validate the information received from JEM4A’s sales and marketing staff, on ATL & BTL activities in particular. The interview themes are illustrated in Appendix 6.

Step three

Here the researcher based on the first round of interviews on five selected failed products as smaller units of analysis and developed one table for each failed product. The respondents were asked to identify the reason why these five products failed and indicate the reason under each table under the broad heading of conflict enablers, CFC and NPL, in the combined preliminary model (see Figure 8). The researcher gathered this information from thirty six respondents, of whom thirteen were the responsible or most knowledgeable managers (from different functions) regarding the new product launch.

The researcher scheduled interviews to suit the convenience of the respondents. Appendix 7 Table A4 gives the interview schedule for JEM4A staff, Appendix 7 Table A5 gives one for external stake holders and Appendix 7 Table A6 gives the interview schedule for the two competitors. Appendix 7 table A4 to A6, the researcher include the department name, job title, mode of interview conducted and place or type of interview. Certain respondents preferred to use their offices for interview, while others joined the researcher in his office and two were interviewed

Page 74: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

72

outside the office. At the beginning of the interview, the researcher informed all the respondents that their names, company name and product names would not be mentioned in the study, but rather that their title, the product and the department would be disguised under fictitious names. The researcher used the interview guide flexibly. Questions and supplementary questions were posed selectively to provide a framework for the respondent to describe cross-functional conflicts and new product launches. Supplementary questions varied from interview to interview, depending upon their relevance to the particular case. With regard to the responses received via emails, the researcher cleared any doubts by sending supplementary questions to the respondents for further elaboration to get rid of any ambiguity. It is suggested that a qualitative researcher should convey to respondents that their views are valuable and useful (Marshall & Rossman 1999). Before each interview, the researcher reviewed secondary information contained in the case-database (S&OP minutes, minutes of Executive meetings and other reports & meetings, etc.) and made notes for the interview. This process helped the supplementary questions to be relevant and appropriate. The researcher listened attentively with minimal interruptions when respondents were expressing their views.

The purpose of these interviews was to get first-hand information about the situation that JEM4A faces in launching new products. The first question in the interview concerned the interviewee’s involvement in new product launches in the course of their career, followed by a list of the new products launched over the previous five years in this company. This provided the basis for the rest of the interview. In addition, the interviewees were asked to share their opinion on the matter discussed (‘how do you think the new product launch was handled?’ and ‘how well your competitors manage their new product launch?’). During the interview the researcher posed further sub questions.

The interview responses gave a solid start for the empirical study. As the data collection progressed, changes were made in the interview questions as new insights from case studies concluded that some of the questions were irrelevant and, thus substituted new ones. A total of thirty six people were interviewed; twenty nine from JEM4A staff (internal) four from the firm’s suppliers of machinery and packaging one from the advertising agency and two from the competitors (external stakeholders).

Page 75: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

73

3.3 Method of analysis

In a case study, the analysis plays a pivotal role. According to Stake (1995), the main reason for analysis is to create meaning for the material collected. Data can be analyzed by researchers by many methods: the constant comparative method (Glaser & Strauss 1967, Strauss & Corbin 1990)’ hypothesis generating and hypothesis confirmation techniques (Seaman 1999); or content analysis and grounded theory (Gray 2004). None of these methods should be considered easy to use and all need much practice to be used powerfully; a researcher should start modestly, work thoroughly and introspectively and build an analytical repertoire over time (Yin, 2009).

Today, computer assisted software has been used to analyze qualitative data. A number of qualitative theorists have encouraged the use of qualitative data analysis software in research (Berg 2001, Denzin & Lincoln 1998, Krueger 1998, Merriam 2001, Miles & Huberman 1994, Morse & Richards 2002, Patton 2002, Silverman 2000, 2001, Taylor & Bodgan 1998, Tesch 1990). Tom Richards, the designer of the very popular analysis program, Nvivo, illustrates one of the most basic advantages of software with a very simple example. For the present study, the researcher used Nvivo 10 to analyze the accumulated data to generate concepts through the coding process.

The researcher used categories derived from the theoretical framework. At the second stage of the analysis, the researcher used theme identification (Alasuutari 1995), that is, the themes that emerged from the data, as classifying criteria. The core objective of the analysis is to derive conclusion from the data, keeping a clear chain of evidence. Yin (2003) refers the chain of evidence as one that a reader should be able to follow to see the derivation of results and conclusions. In order to strengthen the chain of evidence the researcher will use direct extracts from the

interview respondents, which will bring the case to life with the sufficient evidence.

3.3.1 Data analysis process

In the present study the researcher will seek to present sufficient information from each step of the study to justify every decision taken.

The first step was data collection. For the present study the data were collected from interviews, minutes of meetings, reports and other documents. Interviews form the primary sources of data. In the present study the term ‘interviews’ refers to face to face interviews plus the responses received via emails from the respondents. The face to face interviews were audio recorded and afterwards transcribed. The interviews were briefly analyzed as soon as they had finished

Page 76: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

74

and any new topics were reserved for further investigation. The process of data collection in qualitative terms has been referred to as “interpreting” (Silverman 1993); “transforming” (Wolcott 1994) and “making sense of data” (Hammersley & Atkinson 1995). Data reduction is the “process of selecting, focusing, simplifying, abstracting and transforming the ‘raw’ data as part of analysis” (Miles & Huberman 1994). Developing the classification in this way is seen as crucial in data analysis (Schatzman & Strauss 1973, Marshall & Rossman 1989, Coffey & Atkinson 1996 p. 45-46, Arksey & Knight 1999 pp.150-155).

The researcher revised the questions for the remaining interviews on the basis of each respondent’s replies. He exploited this flexibility to get a better understanding of respondents’ views on the functional diversity of the phenomena, the resources and cross-functional conflicts. In short, data collection was an ongoing process from the start until the final stage of data analysis and reporting of the findings. Appendix 8 Figure B1 illustrates how the researcher organized the data in Nvivo 10 at the macro level. Appendix 8 Figure B2 illustrates how data collection for the JEM4A staff was organized. Appendix 8 Figure B3 illustrates how JEM4A organized the data collection for the Tetra Pak staff in Nvivo 10. Appendix 8 Figure B3 illustrates how JEM4A organized the data collection from the advertising agency. Appendix 8 Figure B4 illustrates how JEM4A organized the data collection for the competitors.

The second step is the coding process. The data collected are transcribed and saved on word processing program files with different folders, such as internal (JEM4A) and external folders (the machinery and packaging supplier, advertising agency and competitors). Internal data collection was further organized by departments (cross-functional teams) and under the heading of each department the staff interviewed was stored under pseudonyms. These files were imported into the Nvivo 10 program and organized with meaningful file names. Once all the relevant files had been imported into Nvivo 10, the next stage was to organize the data and codes. Coding should never be seen as a substitute for analysis, but is part of the analysis process (Coffey & Atkinson 1996 p. 26). Coding the empirical material serves as a link between the raw material, such as the interview transcripts and the researcher’s theoretical concepts (Seidel & Kelley 1995 p. 52). The coding process represents the operations by which data are broken down, conceptualized and put back together in new ways. It is the central process by which theories are built from data (Strauss & Corbin 1990 p. 57). Strauss (1987 p.27) stresses that coding is an essential procedure because any researcher who wishes to become proficient in qualitative analysis must learn to code well and easily.

Page 77: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

75

All the coding was generated in the Nvivo 10. Data were grouped together and given a conceptual label. In this section, the researcher has to group the categorized phenomena under broad headings, e.g. competitors, functional diversity, functional resources, cross-functional conflicts and new product launches. The codification had many stages and the researcher approached the respondents concerned with additional questions for confirmation and further clarification. The complete list of codes and categories used in the final round of analysis is shown below. Appendix 8 Figure B6 illustrates the coding at macro level. Appendix 8 Figure B7 illustrates the coding structure for functional diversity. Appendix 8 Figure B8 illustrates the coding for functional resources. Appendix 8 Figure B9 illustrates the coding for cross-functional conflicts. Appendix Figure B10 illustrates the coding for new product launches.

The third step, within-case analysis was somewhat iterative for each case. The case descriptions were sent to the respondents for them to read and point out any incorrect categorization. The researcher verified the accuracy of the data reduction and analysis carried out up to this point and the genuineness of case descriptions. Member checks, verifying data, interpretations and conclusions with those who had originally supplied the material are recommended to establish the credibility of qualitative research and enhance the rigor of the study (Lincoln & Guba 1985). Discrepancies were corrected and the revised case descriptions sent back to the respondents. Ultimately, the respondents vetted the cases, alone or in pairs. But before proceeding to cross-case analysis, the researcher had to make sure that he understood the respondents’ views correctly and that the case descriptions had presented their firm’s perspective.

In the fourth step, the cross-case analysis was carried out on the basis of the above within-case analysis and then the cases were compared in order to identify the differences in the conflict enablers, CFC and NPL, in different cases. This helped the researcher to think systematically about the data and to relate different case analyses in multiple ways. Initially the small units of analysis were compared during the process of data collection and within-case analysis, which shed light from one unit of analysis on another.

Finally, in the analysis process the results of the within-case analysis and of the cross-case analysis were compared with past research and the implications of these results were discussed. Table 8 summarizes the research analysis as a step by step process.

Page 78: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

76

Table 8. The data reduction and analysis process

Data Collection (STEP ONE)

Coding process (STEP TWO)

Within-case analysis (STEP THREE)

Cross-case Analysis (STEP FOUR)

Interviews for internal and external parties

Using the interview questions

Interviews transcribed and saved in the word file.

NVivo10 used to organize and code the data

The case descriptions were sent for review. The transcripts were vetted by the respondents

Within-case analyses were examined to shed light on cross applications

3.3.2 Quality of the research design

A good quality research design is mandatory for the credibility of theory building research. To ensure good quality, the four design tests suggested for the case study method of qualitative inquiry are construct validity, internal validity, external validity and reliability (Yin 2003). According to Kirk & Miller (1986 p.19) “‘reliability’ is the extent to which a measurement procedure yields the same answer however and whenever it is carried out; ‘validity’ is the extent to which it gives the correct answer.” Reliability means demonstrating that the operations of a study (for example the data collection procedures) can be repeated with the same results (Yin 1994).

Construct Validity

Construct validity is the process of establishing correct operational measures (the standard operating procedures) for the concepts being studied (Gorman & Clayton 1997). To meet the construct validity criteria, the steps suggested include the use of multiple sources of data (data triangulation) the creation of a case study database and the maintenance of a chain of evidence (Yin 2003, Miles & Huberman 1994). Any finding or conclusions based on more than one source of information should be more convincing and accurate if they corroborate one another (Yin 2003).

For the present study, construct validity was attained by consulting various types of empirical data (e.g. interviews, minutes of the meetings, reports and other company documents). A chain of evidence was established by supporting the

Page 79: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

77

within-case analysis with quotations from the respondents’ comments. Construct validity was also aimed for by asking the interviewees to review the description of the case and to point out mistakes and misinterpretations. Furthermore, the data collected from JEM4A, Tetra Pak and the advertising agency were reviewed with the respondents.

Internal validity is defined as the process of establishing a causal relationship between constants and variables and is relevant for causal or explanatory case studies but not for descriptive or exploratory case studies (Yin 2003). The present study aims at understanding the research phenomena and hence the internal validity is not a main consideration in this research. External validity is the process of establishing the domain to which findings of a study can be generalized (Yin 1989). External validity also indicates the fit between theoretical conclusions and the empirical data (Grönfors 1982 p. 174). This can be achieved by using replication logic in multiple case studies to obtain evidence for the emergent findings. In this research external validity has been ensured by conducting a study at JEM4A of five failed products (multiple units of analysis). The external validity of the present study could still be improved by conducting this research in an additional set (or sets) of the JNSD industry.

Reliability

The procedures followed were documented and presented briefly in the foregoing sections, increasing the repeatability of the case study. If a study is reliable, it allows an observer to follow the derivation of a piece of evidence from the initial research questions to the final case study conclusions, moving from one part of the case study to the next. This present “chain of evidence” assists readers to cross-refer within the data collection, analysis and conclusion. In the present study, the empirical material (interviews) was reviewed by the representatives of JEM4A, Tetra Pak and the advertising agency. The reliability of the present study has been sought by keeping research diaries over the whole period of the research process and by using the NVivo 10 application when analyzing and classifying the empirical data. The data were collected from multiple sources, with semi-structured interviews as the main one. The data were analyzed via a step by step process. In summary, this research methodology was selected to play a cardinal role in the outcome of the research.

Page 80: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

78

Page 81: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

4 Industry setting

This chapter, concerning a single case study with embedded units of analysis (evidence from multiple sources) and carried out in a FCMG business environment centered on the food industry in Saudi Arabia, starts with an overview of the food, dairy and JNSD industry. In the second section of the chapter, the focus moves to the case analysis of JEM4A and on to the illustrations of failed product launches. The researcher collated the primary data from the managers responsible or the

associated staff members who were well versed in the product lines within the firm. The Saudi Arabian economy is the largest in the GCC, representing more than

forty percentage of the combined GDP of nearly US$ 1.0 trillion among the six member countries in 2010. The population from 2006 to 2010 grew by eight point one percentage to around 29.2 million. If the recent growth rate continues, the population will reach 31.5 million in 2015. Moreover, this is a very young population. Its median age is only 25.3 years, with nearly twenty night percentage of the population under 14 years old. Expatriates reportedly account for around twenty percentage (or 5.6 million) of the total population; most of them are Arabs, notably from Egypt, followed by nationals from the Indian sub-continent. Oil still

remains the major source of revenue, accounting for around forty five percentage of the GDP. The Saudi Government between 2010 and 2014 embarked on several key multi development projects and is projected to spend around USD 400 Billion mainly on the health and educational sectors, dedicated economic cities and a

railway land-bridge spanning the country and some highways.

4.1 Food industry

Due to the scarcity of arable land and the arid climate, food production in the GCC region has been minimal. According to the FAO, of its total area, only one point seven percentage is suitable for cultivation. In comparison, the UAE has three percentage, the USA has eighteen point four percentage, the UK has twenty three point seven percentage, China has sixteen point three percentage, in China and India has fifty one point six percentage. Nonetheless, Saudi Arabia, which produces cereals (mainly wheat), vegetables, fruits, meat (poultry) and dairy products, leads the GCC countries in food production. Governments in the region have been striving to achieve self-sufficiency in food for a long time. Such efforts in Saudi Arabia helped the country to become a net exporter of wheat during the early 1990s.

79

Page 82: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

80

In the GCC, the per capita food consumption expanded at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of two point one percentage over 2011-2015 (as against an estimated CAGR of point nine percentage over 2007-10), mainly due to rising incomes in the region. Overall food consumption too will grow faster than it did over the last three years, owing to the rising incomes as well as the quickly growing population in the region. It is expected to expand at a CAGR of four point six percentage over 2011-15 to 51.5 million metric tons in 2015 (as against an estimated CAGR of four point one percentage over 2007-10). Saudi Arabia will continue to play a key role in terms of volume, accounting for around sixty four percentage of the GCC’s total food consumption in 2015 and followed by Qatar, Oman and the UAE.

Overall food consumption in Saudi Arabia is projected to grow at a rate of four point two percentage during 2011-15. Although cereals are expected to remain the largest segment and their consumption is forecast to grow at the slowest pace of all the food categories, while meat consumption is forecast to record the highest growth rate of six point two percentage, followed by fruits, milk and milk based products (Alpen Capital 2011). The above evidence suggests that food consumption in Saudi Arabia will continue its upward momentum and is expected to out-pace the growth witnessed over the past three years, despite the minimal arable land area. This level of growth provides an excellent window of opportunity for companies to launch new products to cater for the changing trends and tastes of a young and growing population.

4.1.1 Dairy industry

In Saudi Arabia recombining dairies were established from the early 1960s. Initially farmers focused on liquid milk and later on yoghurt and other milk based products. During the 1970s the number of fresh dairies grew significantly. By the mid-1980s, fresh dairies had outstripped the recombining sector in terms of the volume of milk/fermented milk drinks, combined – although with a notably different product pattern. Initially, fresh producers generally restricted themselves to supplying pasteurized (i.e. short-life) dairy products, while recombining dairies positioned themselves mainly as suppliers of long-life milk and related products. In the past few years, Saudi dairy companies have expanded aggressively in the Middle East with significant success, which indicates a rapidly increasing share of Saudi exports in the region. Recombined dairies tend to be more vulnerable to the price of international milk powder.

Page 83: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

81

The dairy food industry consists of spreadable fats, soy products, cheese, chilled desserts, cream, milk, fromage frays and yogurt. The Saudi Arabian dairy food market was valued at SAR 13,949.4m ($3,719.8m) in 2009, representing a CAGR of seven point six percentage since 2004. It has been forecast that by the end of 2014, the Saudi Arabian dairy food market will be worth SAR 18,796.3m ($5,012.3m), with an expected CAGR of six point one percentage between 2009 and 2014. By volume the food market totaled 1,621.6 million kg/ liters in 2009, representing a CAGR of four point four percentage since 2004 and it is forecast by the end of 2014 that the dairy food market of Saudi Arabia will stand at 1,911 million kg/liters, with an expected CAGR of three point three percentage between 2009 and 2014. Table 9 illustrates the dairy category and its market for 2009, the market forecast by the end of 2014 in value and volume and the CAGR %. Appendix 7 Table A1 describes the market segmentation (Data Monitor 2011).

Table 9. The dairy category market size

Market 2009 (In million) Forecast 2014 (In million )

Category Value (SR)

CAGR %

Volume (kg/ltr)

CAGR %

Value (SR)

CAGR %

Volume (kg/ltr)

CAGR %

Spreadable fats 911.9 9.1 76.1 3.7 1.289 7.2 91.2 3.7 Soy Products 122 15.2 18 13.7 207.7 11.2 26.7 8.2

Cheese 4.884 9.6 135.9 4.6 6,874.2 7.1 164.1 3.8

Chilled Desserts 137.5 8.3 11.9 5.2 203.2 8.1 15.3 5.2

Cream 787.7 11.2 34.3 6.3 1,150.1 7.9 44.4 5.3

Milk 4,489.8 5.7 755.1 4 5,763.5 5.1 875.9 3

Fromage Frais 233.8 7 10.4 4.4 315.3 6.2 12.4 3.5

Yoghurt 2,382.5 5.8 579.7 4.6 2,993.3 4.7 680.9 3.3

Source: Data Monitor 2011

The above figures confirm that dairy consumption in Saudi Arabia is growing, as well as the fact that its dairy industry is also growing with an ever expanding reach across the whole of the GCC and other countries of the region. Although they are vulnerable to international milk powder prices, the growing regional demand for dairy products has sustained its growth, provided a cushioning effect and has given the industry the impetus to launch newer products catering for the taste and trends of a young and highly mobile population.

Page 84: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

82

4.1.2 JNSD industry

Among all the GCC countries, Saudi Arabia is the largest soft drinks market, accounting for sixty five percentage of the soft drinks production in the region, followed by the United Arab Emirates, which currently produces eighteen percantage and by Qatar, responsible for two percentage of the total soft drinks production. Total investment in the juice production industry in the Middle East amounts to nearly USD 2 billion with Saudi Arabia as the main producer, despite the relatively expensive raw materials (Arbid et al. 2010). There are around 40 local manufacturers of juice products in Saudi Arabia, who are either dedicated beverage producers or dairy producers whose packaging processes and distribution networks are complementary to the juice industry –the short-life products in particular. Legislation was introduced in 2004 stipulating that juice products sold in government schools should not contain less than thirty percentage juice content, which effectively precludes the sale of carbonated drinks in such schools.

The consumption of juice products grew vigorously by about thirteen point three percentage during 2010 to reach 1.08 billion litres. In value terms, the market is worth more than US$ 1.33 billion in retail sales. During 2010, consumption benefited mainly from the increase in prices affecting another beverage category, namely, carbonated soft drinks (CSD). Increases in the CSD prices in late 2009 provided a major boost to the consumption of juice products during 2010. The continued growth in modern retailing is helping short-life juices and nectars grow rapidly. Juices account for sixty percentage of all short shelf life juice products and are therefore expected to grow faster than nectars and still drinks. Growth in juices is likely to originate mainly from short-life formats, whereas growth in nectars will come from both short-life and long-life formats. By 2015, the consumption of juice products is expected to reach nearly 1.25 billion litres at an average growth rate of three percentages per annum. There are three key segments in JNSD products in Saudi Arabia, summarized in Figure 7. Aseptic packaging is the process by which a sterile (aseptic) product (typically food or pharmaceutical) is packaged in a sterile container in a way that maintains sterility.

Page 85: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

83

Figure 7. Key segments of the JNSD industry (IMES 2010).

The JNSD market is concentrated in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) region. This market consists of concentrates, functional drinks, juices and ready to drink (RTD) tea and coffee. The JNSD market in MENA region was valued at SAR 19,813.4M ($ 5,284m) in 2009, representing a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of three point three percentage since 2004. It has been forecast that by the end of 2014, this market will be worth SAR 25,093($ 6,691m), with an expected CAGR of four point six percentages between 2009 and 2014. By volume the JNSD market of the MENA region totaled 4,084 million kg/liters in 2009, representing a CAGR of four point seven percentage since 2004 and it is forecast that by the end of 2014 the JNSD food market of the MENA region will stand at 5,059.5 million kg/liters, with an expected CAGR of four point seven percentage between 2009 and 2014. Table 10 lists the JNSD categories and their market for 2009, the market forecast by end of 2014 in value and volume and the CAGR %. Appendix 8 describes the market segmentation. (Data Monitor 2011).

Table 10. Illustrate the JNSD category market size

Market 2009 (In million) Forecast 2014 (In million )

Category Value (SR)

CAGR %

Volume (kg/ltr)

CAGR %

Value (SR)

CAGR %

Volume (kg/ltr)

CAGR %

Concentrates 4,039.5 2.7 433.2 6.3 4,962.4 4.2 561.3 5.3 Functional Drinks 3,054.4 6 373 5.5 4,381.5 7.5 468.2 4.7

Juices 11,0343 3.5 3,044.3 4.3 13,710 4.4 3,741 4.2

RTD Tea & Coffee 624.4 2.3 161 5.6 756.8 3.9 207.5 5.2

Smoothies 1,078.9 3.6 72.3 2.3 1,283 3.5 82 2.6

Source: Data Monitor 2011

Page 86: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

84

From the above it is evident that JNSD consumption within the region is growing and Saudi Arabia remains the largest JNSD producer. This is an opportunity for Saudi companies to launch newer products catering to the taste and trends of a keen young and mobile population.

4.2 Description of the case company

JEM4A commenced operations around 32 years ago as a dedicated dairy producer, but sensing opportunities for expansion, expanded around 2006 to the food segment. Since then, although still within the food segment, the core business of JEM4A has been juice, nectars and still drinks (JNSD) packaged in long-life Tetra packs which contribute around eighty seven point five percentage of its total sales, while milk, juices with a short shelf life and other foods in Tetra packs account for six point five percentage, four point five percentage and one point five percentage respectively. The company’s name is given in this study as JEM4A, since it wanted a pseudonym; hence, detailed background information cannot be provided. The head office is in Riyadh and its distribution network is scattered across the country in 30 cities. Its manpower totals 1200 fifty percentage of who are stationed in Riyadh.

There are two shareholders in JEM4A whose relationship is excellent. There are ten members in the top management team of the firm who have worked for a long time with different nationals and the relevant age group. The JEM4A annual sales are made up of thirty percentage Exports, five percentage Schools, and five percentage Catering, thirty percentage Wholesale, Organized trade twenty percentage and the remaining ten percentage general trade (retail). One SKU drives fifty percentages of the JE4A’s annual sales. JEM4A is a Saudi-based food manufacturing company. It was founded in 1980 as a, joint venture with the Irish Dairy board and in 1991 the two local partners took over the management of a predominantly Irish board. Since then these two partners have been shareholders of JEM4A, which is a private limited liability company.

Originally the company product portfolio primarily consisted of milk, cheese, yoghurt and ice cream ranges, being a dairy driven company. In 1984, the company embarked on the JNSD segment, where they found a market that was big and promising. From this point, the company performed very well in the industry and subsequently abandoned some SKUs in the dairy segment, such as cheese, yoghurt and ice cream, because they were not profitable. JEM4A is now one of the key players in the JNSD industry. It embarked on several rounds of factory expansion and at present is capable of producing 500m liters per year. The company product

Page 87: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

85

portfolio constitutes of 150 SKUs, of which 26 SKUs are categorized as A & B class SKUs, driving eighty five percentages of the total sales. Within the time span of 1984-2014, the company launched numerous new products by line extension, brand extension, etc.; some were successful but most failed.

In 2010, the company reached SAR one billion in revenue (gross sales) and its strategic objective grew to aim at SAR two billions revenue by 2014 by means of mergers and acquisitions. In early 2009, the company hired a qualified and experienced Strategic Officer, who embarked on re-vamping and re-engineering the organizational structure. He re-shaped the company’s vision and mission statements and developed core values for it, introducing an S&OP process to capture 18-month rolling forecasts for demand and supply, together with inventory planning for the same period (see the S&OP section of the Methodology chapter, above) and also introducing balanced score cards and quarterly appraisals of employees’ performance. The staff annual salary and promotions were streamlined to end anomalies. Some of the structural changes were as follows:

- Created a strategic division headed by the Strategic Officer - Re-shaped the Commercial Division with clear authority, responsibility and

accountability - Detached the Finance section from Resources Division and made Finance an

independent department, adding responsibilities and re-naming it the “Finance and Controllership” department.

- Detached the product development staff from the Sales Department and the quality control from the Manufacturing Department and created a new division (the Technical Division) as a domain under which he attached the product development and quality control staff.

- With effect from 1st Nov 2012 developed a new division with the new name of “Supply Chain” Division). Four sections have grown up under this new name: Demand planning (formerly under the domain of the Sales Division), Supply Chain (formerly under the domain of Manufacturing), Warehousing and Logistics (formerly jointly owned by the Sales and Manufacturing Departments) and Procurement (formerly under the domain of the Resources Division).

The Organization is headed by the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) followed by the Chief Operating Officer (COO). At present this position is in the hands of the CEO, until it can be filled by a suitable candidate. The organization is divided into eight divisions, namely, Commercial (Sales & Marketing),

Page 88: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

86

Industrial (Manufacturing), Supply Chain, Resources and Technical. All these report directly to the COO, whereas the Finance & Controllership, Internal audit and Strategic Management divisions directly report to the CEO. In this study, the researcher will focus on the following cross-functional team involvement: Product Development (Technical Division), Sales and Marketing (Commercial Division), Manufacturing (Industrial Division) Human Resources (Resources Division) and Finance (Finance and Controllership Division).

Illustration of the failed products

In this section, the researcher identified five failed products from the answers given by the respondents of JEM4A, as smaller units of analysis (see Table 6); these failed products will be described and analyzed from the empirical material in the within-case analysis of Chapter 5, finally demonstrating the cross-case analysis of failed products based on this component of the theoretical model. In this study, the researcher ignored the successful products and instead focused only on five failed ones, i.e. two brand extensions and three line extensions with a range of SKUs, but not a single flavor or line. Moreover the research focuses failed products over the last five years. There were many successes among the line extensions, i.e. adding a new flavor, which were not considered in this study. The reason for selecting these products is mentioned under each product. Table 11 lists the failed products identified for this study.

Table 11. Identification and description of the failed products

Symbol Type of failed product

P1 Range of products with brand extension in the food category

P2 Range of products with brand extension in the liquid food category

P3 Range of products with line extension in the grape juice category

P4 Range of products with line extension in the milk & juice category

P5 Range of products with line extension in the milk category

Page 89: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

87

5 Within-case analysis of the empirical data

The empirical data for this study consist of material from qualitative interviews, minutes of meetings and other company documents. The researcher focused on five failed products for within-case analysis in this single case study with multiple units of analysis. The actual company name and the product names in the citations were replaced with generic names in Table 12, above, for the sake of confidentiality and data security. This section is developed according to the a priori research framework (Figure 4, above). Detailed analysis of the failed products is based on either the a priori framework definition or coding during the analysis phase. Each failed product was analyzed separately on the basis of the empirical data, followed by cross-case analysis.

5.1 Analysis of product P1

In this section, the researcher gives a brief description of the failed product, followed by within-case analysis under the domain of conflict enablers, cross- functional conflicts and new product launches.

JEM4A launched this product in 2006. It was a brand extension which came in a range of 20 SKUs, but was driven by one SKU, which contributed seventy percentage of the total sales in this category. For JEM4A, this was a blue ocean strategy (radical change), with innovative packaging, i.e. the new concept of packing pre-cooked food in Tetra packaging (pre-cooked food items are generally sold by CANS. JEM4A had great challenges in competing with the 100-year old CAN industry. The product failed and in 2010 the company re-launched the product with a face lift for the packaging, i.e. by re-designing and changing the pack size, but the product failed again. A large-scale second re-launch followed in December 2012 with the support of the Tetra Pak Company. This was a long life product with a shelf life of 18 months. The product was characterized as long life, ready to eat, nutritious and hygienic, with a package that easy to open and re-close for future use, free of preservatives and coloring and the ability to be stored at ambient temperatures. The case configuration was 600 grms with 12 pieces per case and the total weight of a case was 7.2 kgs. Table 12 illustrates the failed product P1. The researcher selected a product from this range because it was a blue ocean for JEM4A to move to pre-cooked solid food and it was also a brand extension.

Page 90: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

88

Table 12. Illustration of failed product P1

Year of launch 2006

Type of NPL Brand extension (radical changes ) with 20 SKUs, but one SKU drive 70% of the sales of P1

Shelf life Long life with 18 months’ shelf life

Case configuration 600 gms per pack X 12 packs, total weight 7.2kgs

Challenges Competing with the 100 year old CAN industry

Team diversity: functional managers’ diversities were not pooled. In simpler terms, there was no cross-functional team involvement for its development or launch as a new product.

The demand manager described it thus: “the teams are working in isolation with very low trust among different teams and individual members’ diversities are not pooled. This has an adverse impact on new product launches.”

Communication: there was a poor communication or, rather, the deliberate blockage of information between departments, mainly the manufacturing, marketing and sales departments. According to the head of the key account manager.

“We got to know about the launch at the last stage and the launch plans were not communicated to us.” To describe this example more fully, the second large-scale re-launch of P1 was carried out in December 2012 with a multipacking strategy, i.e. six different SKUs in a pack, but the manufacturing department delivered the products without multipacking them, which was not communicated to the sales and marketing staff in advance.

Management styles: in the manufacturing department, a participatory style is lacking. The top management often expressed their unhappiness with regard to the style of the chief officer of the manufacturing department. The head of the Supply Chain Division, attached to the manufacturing department said in his interview:

“No support from his senior manager, as he does not share information and takes decision without consulting us.” For example, at a crucial time in the re-launch of P1, the manufacturing department shut down the processing plant for 10 days. The shutdown plan was not communicated to the sales and marketing staff; according to the executive team, this was simply a deliberate act meant to sabotage the re-launch.

Market research: no proper market research was carried out before launching the product and no post launch analysis was undertaken, either. P1 was launched on the basis of research information from JEM4A’s strategic partner (Tetra Pak) and IMES.

This product had to compete with a 100-year old CAN industry offering multiple pack sizes in different case configurations. According to one of the category managers:

Page 91: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

89

“No proper research was carried out, instead we totally depended on our strategic partners’ and third parties’ research information and the product was launched against the market trend, i.e. this product has been marketed by CAN for more than 100 years.”

Quality and brand equity: high quality and brand equity have always been maintained by JEM4A. To quote the head of HORECA, which refers hotel, restaurants and catering?

“We don’t compromise on quality, whatever the cost, but the brand awareness for P1 is lacking as this is not marketed under our core brand and this is one reason that the product failed.”

ATL & BTL: lacking marketing support mainly for brand extensions. In the second re-launch, i.e. the one in December 2012, JEM4A’s strategic partner, Tetra Pak, spent heavily on marketing activities (ATL & BTL). According to the head of HORECA

“Marketing activities are not in line with the competitors’ activity levels, i.e. our competitors are spending heavily on their ATL & BTL activities. Since this is a brand extension and also we need to change the consumers’ mindset to change from CAN to Tetra packaging, we need to do lot of marketing activities.”

Integrated Marketing communication: the concept of IMC is lacking for P1, as it is brand extension. According to the head of marketing,

“A unique selling proposition is not communicated to the consumer e.g. a new concept that of a pre-cooked food item in Tetra packaging, instead of CANs.” For example, the new concept of this P1 was introduced to the market with a view to replacing the CAN packaging, but JEM4A did not communicate its benefits properly to the consumers.

Human resources: since P1 was a brand extension it should have had dedicated staff, but did not. According to the head of HORECA,

“There was a distribution issue due to the lack of dedicated staff. We do not have dedicated staff for new products, but mainly use them for brand extensions and the lack of them adversely affected the new product launch.”

Technical issues: the Tetra Pak field test went badly for P1 and also the machinery lacked flexibility in its packaging, i.e. the machine was not flexible enough to produce different pack sizes and case configurations. According to the category manager,

“The product comes in one pack size only and cannot be multipack, whereas our competitors cater for market requirements by offering different pack sizes and in multiple flavors – with our machine this is not possible. This adversely affected the new product launch.”

Page 92: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

90

Table 13 illustrates the empirical findings for P1 from the conflict enabler’s perspective.

Table 13. Conflict Enablers for product P1

Element Attributes Empirical findings

Team diversity There was no cross-functional team involvement in new products launch.

Functional diversity Communication Poor communication and coordination within and between departments

Management styles Participative management style was lacking, from the manufacturing department in particular.

Market research Lacking proper market research

Quality & Brand equity

High quality maintained always, but brand awareness was deficient.

ATL & BTL Lacking ATL & BTL activities.

Functional resources IMC The concept of IMC was lacking mainly for brand extension

Human resources Lacking dedicated staff mainly for band extension

Technical issues Lacking different pack sizes and case configuration.

Distribution: lacking vans dedicated for brand extensions in particular, that is, one van distributing new products along with the existing range of products. According to the head of HORECA,

“Lack of focus on the new product, mainly the awareness of a brand extension was lacking. Mixing the brand extension with the existing volume driven product could kill the new product.”

Delay in launching: the product was supposed to launch during Ramadan, but it was not launch on time even on the re-launch phase. This is mainly due to the lack of proper plan for follow up and execution. According to the demand manager,

“Marketing teams were working out the timelines without getting confirmation from the other departments.” For example, P1 was delayed due to the non- availability of the multi-packing facility, shortage of raw materials and shut down of its machinery at a crucial time of the re-launching. These issues were not taken

into consideration in the launch plan by the marketing team.” Forecast accuracy: there was a lack of coordination and proper research

mainly for a brand extension, which is more risky to market than a line extension, as it involves radical changes. According to the demand manager,

Page 93: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

91

“We needed proper research to back up the forecast accuracy, which was lacking, and this is one reason for the failure of the new product; it was due to the over-ordering of

material and over-production of the finished goods, which could have led to dumping.” Price: the price set for P1 (SKUs) was much higher than the competitors’

pricing and furthermore than the industry pricing, which is dominated by the CAN industry. According to the head of the Sales and Distribution Division,

“Our price was high compared to our competitors’ price. This is one reason for the product’s failure.”

Erratic Supply: there was an imbalance between demand and supply. One SKU, which drives ninety five percentages of the sales of P1, was constantly in short supply (being under-produced) and the remaining nine SKUs were mostly overproduced. According to the key accounts manager,

“There was sometimes low production and sometimes high production, due to poor coordination in the production department, which adversely affected the new product launch.”

Delegation of authority: the lack of empowerment was mainly noticed in the manufacturing department. According to the demand manager,

“Due to centralized control, some staff in other departments, mainly the manufacturing department showed a lack of interest and ownership. In other words, the senior managers in this department could not answer any questions without consulting their chief officer. This had a considerable effect on the new product launch.”

Table 14 illustrates the empirical findings for P1 from a cross-functional conflicts perspective.

Table 14. Cross-functional conflicts for product P1

Element Attributes Empirical findings

Distribution Lacking vans especially dedicated to the brand extension

Delay in launching Lacking proper follow up and execution plan

Task Forecast accuracy Lack of coordination and proper research

Price Higher than competitors’ price

Erratic supply Constant imbalance between demand and supply.

Relationship Delegation of Authority

Lack of empowerment mainly in the manufacturing department.

Page 94: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

92

In P1 all the attributes identified and analyzed on the basis of the empirical material had an impact on the failure of the product in the new product launch. Table 15 illustrates the impact on the failure of P1 in this launch.

Table 15. The impact on the failed product P1 in new product launch

Main Attributes in the model

Attribute according to the model

Attribute according to the empirical study

Impact on the failed product

Functional diversity (FD) Team diversity Team diversity Yes

Communication Communication Yes

Management styles Management styles Yes

Yes

Marketing Marketing research Yes – poor brand awareness

Functional Resources (FR) Quality & brand equity Yes

ATL & BTL Yes

IMC

Human Human Yes

Technical Technical Yes

Task Distribution Yes

Delay in launching Yes

Forecast accuracy Yes

Price Yes

Erratic Supply Yes

Cross-functional conflicts (CFC)

Relationship Delegation of authority Yes

5.2 Analysis of product P2

In this section, the researcher will provide a brief description of the failed product P2, followed by within-case analysis under the domain of conflict enablers and cross-functional conflicts.

JEM4A launched this product in 2006. It was a brand extension which came in the range of 6 SKUs, but one SKU drove the sales, which constituted forty percentage of the total sales in the category. This was a blue ocean strategy (radical change) for JEM4A, with an innovative product and packaging; it offered a new concept of packing pre-cooked liquid food in Tetra packaging, i.e. the ‘heat and eat’

Page 95: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

93

concept. The product failed and in 2012 the company planned a re-launch for July 2013 with some face lifting on the packaging, i.e. by changing its design. This was a long life product with one year’s shelf life. The product was characterized by long life, ready to eat (heat and eat), nutritious and hygienic, easy to open packaging, easily re-closed for future use, free of preservatives and coloring and could be stored at the ambient temperature. The case configuration was 600grms with 12 pieces per case and the total weight was 7.2kgs. The researcher selected this range of products as it was a blue ocean move for JEM4A to offer pre-cooked liquid food in Tetra packaging and was a brand extension. Table 16 illustrates the main points found in failed product P2.

Table 16. Illustration of failed product P2

Year of launch 2006

Type of NPL Brand extensions range of 6 SKUs , but one SKU drives 40% of the sales of P2

Shelf life Long life with one year’s shelf life

Case configuration 600 gms per pack X 12 packs total weight 7.2 kgs

Challenges Competitors product is in sachets with different pack sizes

Team diversity: the functional managers’ diversities were not pooled. That is, there was no cross-functional team involvement for the development or launch of the new product. According to the head of HORECA

“Due to non-existence of a cross-functional team, the teams’ views were not taken into consideration in launching the new product. This is one reason why the product failed.”

Communication: Poor communication or a deliberate blockage of information between departments, mainly the manufacturing, marketing and sales departments. According to the head of HORECA,

“Poor communication and coordination between product development, sales, marketing and manufacturing teams adversely affected the new product launch.”

Management styles: a participatory style was lacking. This is common in the manufacturing department. According to the head of the supply team attached to the manufacturing department,

“His chief officer doesn’t encourage his team members to take part in operational issues – even the ordering of packaging material is done by the chief officer. There was a huge packaging material over-purchase for P2 because the team and the demand forecast were not consulted.”

Page 96: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

94

Market research: no proper market research was carried out before launching the product and also there was no post launch analysis. P2 was launched in Tetra Pak, but the market is used to sachets of multiple pack size and different case configurations. According to the head of sales and distribution,

“Lack of market research was the main reason for failure. Since this was a brand extension, adequate market research should have been conducted before launching the product; consequently the new product failed because this was not done.”

Quality and brand equity: the quality was poor and it did not have brand equity, since this product was a brand extension. According to three marketing heads (2 product category heads and 1 merchandising head),

“The quality of P2 was not up to the expected standard and the brand awareness was very poor. The quality and brand awareness were the main reasons for the product’s failure.”

ATL & BTL: the marketing support for a brand extension was mainly lacking. According to head of sales and distribution,

“No adequate resources were allocated to strengthen the brand extension and since this was a brand extension the brand became malnourished. Since this was a new concept and the product needed to compete with the competitors’ different pack sizes and case configuration, the inadequate ATL & BTL activities are the reasons for the product’s failure.”

Integrated Marketing communication: it was a brand extension and a new concept, i.e. liquid food in Tetra packing, but this product attribute was not properly communicated to the target audience. According to the head of sales distribution,

“No integrated marketing plan was made to communicate the new concept to the consumers. This was the reason that the product failed.”

Human resources: too little focus was on this product, due to the lack of dedicated staff for the brand extension. According to the head of HORECA,

“As I mentioned in connection with the distribution issue for P1, the failure was due to the lack of dedicated staff. We do not have dedicated staff for new products; they work mainly on brand extensions, and this adversely affected the new product launch.”

Technical issues: the machinery was not flexible enough to produce different pack sizes and case configurations, whereas the major players were offering a product available in sachets with different pack sizes. According to the head of merchandising,

Page 97: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

95

“Packing configuration was not according to what the consumers need or the market trend and most of competitors’ products were in sachets with multiple pack sizes. This is one of the main reason for the failure of our product.”

Table 17 illustrates the empirical findings for P2 from the conflict enablers’ perspective.

Table 17. Conflict Enablers for product P2

Element Attributes Empirical findings

Team diversity There was no cross-functional team involvement in the new product launch.

Functional diversity Communication Poor communication and coordination within and between departments.

Management styles Participatory management style was lacking from the manufacturing department in particular

Market research Lacking proper market research

Quality & Brand equity

Poor quality and a lack of brand awareness

ATL & BTL Lacking ATL & BTL activities.

Functional resources IMC The concept of IMC lacking

Human resources Lacking dedicated staff, as a brand extension

Technical issues Did not face any major issue

Distribution: the major hiccup for this product was that the products were not distributed via dedicated vans, even though they were a new product, new concept and a brand extension. According to the head of the key account,

“All the SKUs including the brand extension as well as the existing one were being distributed in the same van. For a brand extension (such as P2) it is recommended that a brand extension should be delivered in dedicated vans. This is one of the reasons for the product’s failure.”

Delay in launching: proper follow up and execution planning was not done. The product was scheduled for launch during Ramadan, but due to a lack of proper follow up it was not launched on time. According to one of the category managers,

“We missed the opportunity of launching the new product during Ramadan, which resulted in failure.”

Forecast accuracy: lack of coordination and proper research led to inaccurate forecasting. It is not easy to forecast the right volumes at the initial stage of a new

Page 98: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

96

“Since this is brand extension it was difficulty to have a proper forecast and we over- estimated the market size due to lack of proper research, which was one of the reasons for the failure.”

Price: this was not in line with the competitors’ pricing. Most of the competing products were cheaper than P2 and they were packed in sachets and in different price brackets. According to the head of merchandising,

“The prices were not in line with the market trend; i.e. our competitors’ prices were lower and moreover P2 was sold in 500ml Tetra packing whereas the market was used to sachets in multiple pack sizes. This was one of the reason for the failure.”

Erratic Supply: there was an imbalance between demand and supply, with too little of the latter. According to the head of sales and distribution,

“The product was in short supply during the promotion campaign and subsequently the raw and packaging materials were over-ordered. We asked for three times more than the demand forecast, which resulted in a heavy dumping of material.”

Delegation of authority: there was a lack of empowerment, mainly noticed in the manufacturing department. According to the demand manager,

“Due to the centralized system of control, some staff in other departments, mainly manufacturing, were displaying a lack of interest and ownership. The senior managers in the manufacturing department could not answer any questions without consulting their chief officer; this had a serious effect on the new product launch.”

Table 18 illustrates the empirical findings for P2 from the cross-functional conflicts perspective.

Table 18. Cross-functional conflicts for product P2

Element Attributes Empirical findings

Distribution Lacking dedicated vans

Delay in launching Lacking proper follow up and execution plan

Task Forecast accuracy Lack of coordination and proper research

Price Higher than competitors’ price

Erratic supply Imbalance between demand and supply

Relationship Delegation of Authority

Lack of empowerment, mainly in the manufacturing department

product, a brand extension in particular. According to the head of HORECA,

Page 99: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

97

In P2 all the attributes based on the empirical material that were identified and analyzed had some impact on the failure of the product in its new product launch; Table 19 illustrates their impact on this failure.

Table 19. The impact on the failed product P2 in new product launch

Main Attributes in the model

Attribute according to the model

Attribute according to the empirical study

Impact on the failed product

Functional diversity Team diversity Team diversity Yes

Communication Communication Yes

Management styles Management styles Yes

Functional Resources Marketing Marketing research Yes

ATL & BTL Yes

IMC Yes

Human Human Yes

Technical Technical Yes

Cross-functional conflicts

Task Distribution Yes

Delay in launching Yes

Forecast accuracy Yes

Price Yes

Erratic Supply Yes

Relationship Delegation of authority Yes

5.3 Analysis of product P3

This section contains a brief description of the failed product P3, followed by a within-case analysis in the domain of conflict enablers and cross-functional conflicts.

JEM4A launched this product in 2007. It was a line extension which came in a range of 6 SKUs, but one SKU drove the sales, constituting fifty percentage of the total sales of this category. This showed a strategy of incremental change for JEM4A with an innovative product, i.e. a premium product based on white grape juice and contained hundred percentage natural juice. The product failed and in 2010 the company dumped a huge amount of raw and packed materials. P3 was a long life product with a shelf life of nine months. The product had such attributes as long life and no added sugar; it was nutritious & hygienic, free of preservatives and coloring. The case configuration was 500ml with 12 pieces per case and a total

Page 100: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

980

weight of 6 liters. The researcher selected this range of products because its various flavors had special attributes for JEM4A and it was a line extension carrying a range of products. Table 20 illustrates the main points found in the failed product P3.

Table 20. Illustration of failed product P3

Year of launch 2007

Type of NPL Line extension (incremental changes ) with 6 SKUs, but one SKU drove 50% of its sales of P3

Shelf life Long life with a nine month shelf life

Case configuration 500ml per pack X 12 packs total weight, 6 liters

Challenges Not in line with competitors’ pricing

Team diversity: the diversities of the functional managers were not pooled. In other words, there was no cross- functional team involvement for the development or launch of the new product. According to the head of HORECA,

“Team views were not taken into consideration, although issues in new product launches can be resolved if there is cross-functional team involvement.”

Communication: Poor communication or a deliberate blockage of information was found between departments, mainly in the manufacturing, marketing and sales departments. According to the head of the key account management,

“Effective communication and coordination within departments could have improved functional diversity and this could have improved the new product performance.”

Management styles: Participatory styles were lacking: this is common in the manufacturing department. According to the report from the internal audit department,

“There was excessive ordering of raw and packaging materials for P3 by the chief officer of the manufacturing department without consulting the other managers concerned or the demand forecast. This resulted in a heavy loss, due to the dumping of the finished goods.”

Market research: No proper market research had been carried out before launching the product and no post launch analysis was made. This product (P3) was launched in Tetra Pak, but in fact this product should have been marketed as something with a short shelf life (in PET bottles). This was due to the lack of adequate market research. The demand manager mentioned in his interview that

Page 101: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

991

“… No market research had been done to identify the potential volumes and consumer acceptance .The product was not accepted by the market and subsequently a huge stock of materials and finished goods was dumped.”

Quality and brand equity: High quality and brand equity had, as ever, been maintained. According to the head of HORECA.

“We don’t compromise on quality, whatever the cost, but the brand awareness for P3 was lacking. Although this was under same brand name it occupied a different category i.e. something for the health conscious .The health conscious message was not properly sent to the consumers.”

ATL&BTL: Marketing support was lacking mainly for the product as a brand extension. According to the head of sales and distribution,

“There was not enough ATL & BTL support to create top of the mind awareness in consumers. Marketing support was lacking not only for the product as a brand extension, but also as a line extension. This could be the reason for P3’s failure.”

Integrated Marketing Communication: Although P3 was a line extension, the concept of IMC was lacking. It offered a good range of benefits, sugar free, consisting of hundred percentage juice and was a unique product, but the company failed to communicate its attributes properly to consumers. The products were distributed to the markets, but the consumers were unaware about the difference between them and the other juices normally in the same category. According to the head of the key account,

“These were products for health conscious consumers, but the diabetic consumers nonetheless got a wrong perception of them and imagined that they were unhealthy. The lack of IMC could be one of the reasons for the failure of this new product.”

Human resources: since P3 was a line extension, it had little impact on the dedicated staff. The interviewed respondents did not quote this as an issue for product P3.

Technical issues: this product did not face any issues and the respondents did not mention any technical issues raised by it, since it was a line extension.

Table 21 illustrates the empirical findings for P3 from the conflict enablers’ perspective.

Page 102: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

100

Table 21. Conflict Enablers for product P3

Element Attributes Empirical findings

Team diversity There was no cross-functional team involvement in the new products launch.

Functional diversity Communication Poor communication and coordination within and between departments

Management styles Excessive orders were placed for materials without consulting the managers concerned.

Functional resources Market research Lacking proper market research

Quality & Brand equity

Lacking brand awareness.

ATL & BTL Lacking ATL & BTL activities.

IMC The concept of IMC was lacking

Human resources Dedicated staff not required, as the product was a line extension

Technical issues No technical issues were raised in this case.

Distribution: did not face any major issues, as P3 was a line extension therefore the lack of dedicated vans had no impact on this launch, except as the head of the key account noted:

“Distributing many SKUs, i.e. new and existing products, in one van could have affected the distribution of new products.”

Delay in launching: There was no proper follow up and execution planning. There was a delay in launching due to the non-availability of stickers and trays. According to the demand manager,

“The product was targeted to launch during Ramadan, but it was not launched due to the non-availability of material. This delay could have been due to a shortage.”

Forecast accuracy: The lack of coordination and proper research led to inaccurate forecasting. According to the demand manager,

“Over-estimation resulted in the over-production of finished goods and over- ordering of materials, which were subsequently dumped. This over-estimation could have been the reason for dumping the products.”

Price: the price was not in line with the competitors’ pricing. According to the category manager,

“The price was higher than the competitors’, as these SKUs are based on pure juices and are very expensive products.”

Page 103: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

101

Erratic Supply: Because of the imbalance between demand and supply, over- ordering of materials resulted in dumping. The products were not in short supply, but the manufacturing department over-ordered raw and packaging materials with the result that the sales department was compelled to sell below cost and the left- over stock was dumped. According to the internal audit department,

“The materials were over-ordered by the manufacturing department and a huge amount of them were dumped. This over-ordering could be the reason for the over- production of the finished goods.”

Delegation of authority: A lack of empowerment was noticed, mainly in the manufacturing department. According to the demand manager.

“Due to the centralized control system, some staff in other departments, mainly manufacturing, were showing a lack of interest and ownership.” This was exemplified by the imbalance between demand and supply.

Table 22 illustrates the empirical findings for P3 from the cross-functional conflicts perspective.

Table 22. Cross-functional conflicts for product P3

Element Attributes Empirical findings

Distribution Since this was a line extension no dedicated vans were required

Delay in launching Lacking proper follow up and execution plan

Task Forecast accuracy Lack of coordination and proper research

Price Higher than the competitors’ pricing structure

Erratic supply Excessive ordering of materials and over production of finished goods

Relationship Delegation of authority

Lack of empowerment, mainly in the manufacturing department

In the case of P3, according to the empirical material, all the attributes identified and analyzed had an impact on the failure of the new product launch, except for human resources, technical and distribution. Table 23 illustrates the impact of this on the failure of P3 in the new product launch.

Page 104: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

102

Table 23. The impact on the failed product P3 in new product launch

Main Attributes in the model

Attribute according to the model

Attribute according to the empirical study

Impact on the failed product

Functional diversity Team diversity Team diversity Yes

Communication Communication Yes

Management styles Management styles Yes

Functional Resources Marketing Marketing research Yes

ATL & BTL Yes

IMC Yes

Human Human No

Technical Technical No

Cross-functional conflicts

Task Distribution No

Delay in launching Yes

Forecast accuracy Yes

Price Yes

Erratic Supply Yes

Relationship Delegation of authority Yes

5.4 Analysis of product P4

In this section is a brief description of the failed product P4 followed by within- case analysis under the heading of conflict enablers and cross-functional conflicts.

JEM4A launched this product in 2010. It was a line extension and came in a range of 8 SKUs, but one SKU, which constituted sixty percentage of the total sales of the category, was driving the sales. This was an incremental change strategy for JEM4A. P4 was an innovative product with a different pack size, i.e. it featured a new concept, rich in vitamins and calcium, which was targeted at children. However the product was constantly handicapped by being in short supply. This was a long life product, with nine months of shelf life. The product carried the attributes of long

life; it was fortified with calcium and vitamins, hygienic, free of preservatives and coloring. The case configuration was 100 ml with 24 pieces per case and the total weight was 2.4 liters. The researcher selected this range of product as it had a range of different flavors with special attributes for JEM4A, was targeted at children and was a line extension with a combined range of dairy and juice-based of products.

Table 24 illustrates the main points found in the failed product P4.

Page 105: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

103

Table 24. Illustration of failed product P4

Year of launch 2010

Type of NPL Line extension range of 8 SKUs, but one SKU drove 60% of the sales of P4 (incremental changes)

Shelf life Long life with nine months shelf life

Case configuration 100ml per pack X 24 packs total weight 2.4 liters

Challenges Competitors offering the same pack and case configuration

Team diversity: The diversities of the functional managers were not pooled. In other words, there was no cross-functional team involvement for the development or launch of this new product. According to one of the category managers,

“One of the factors in product success is more cross-functional integration between departments.”

Communication: There was poor communication or a deliberate blockage of information between departments, mainly the manufacturing, marketing and sales departments. According to one of the category managers,

“The products were registered with the hypermarkets by paying listing fees, space rent etc., but the products themselves were not supplied on time, due to technical issues, and this was not communicated to the marketing and sales departments.”

Management styles: The participatory style is lacking, as was common in the manufacturing department According to a senior manager of the manufacturing department,

“The packaging material ordered by me was cancelled by his chief officer, since it had been ordered without his approval. In the event, the products ran short, due to the chief officer’s management style.”

Market research: No proper market research was carried out before launching the product and also there was no post launch analysis. According to the head of HORECA,

“Loss of sales, possibly due to lack of proper market research, resulted in product failure.”

Quality and brand equity: A highest quality product with high brand equity, this product was targeted at children in particular. According to the head of the key account,

“It was a best quality product for kids, fortified with calcium and vitamins. The size of the pack (120ml) was exclusively designed for kids. The quality and brand equity did not adversely affect product sales.”

Page 106: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

104

ATL& BTL: The launch lacked marketing support. No resources were allocated to developing the range. The product was left to settle on its own. According to the head of sales and distribution,

“Heavy BTL expenditure is required to maintain the availability in the markets and the product was settling on its own. This could have been the reason for the low take up by the market.”

Integrated Marketing Communication: As a new product concept, its attributes were not properly communicated to the target segment. According to the head of sales distribution,

“It was a unique selling proposition but not communicated to consumers properly, i.e. as an example of milk fortified with calcium and vitamins and targeted at kids.”

Human resources: The requirement of dedicated infrastructure was not raised by any of the respondents. Because P4 was a line extension, it could be handled by the staff involving in selling other existing SKUs.

Technical issues: The product was continuously in short supply due to technical issues with the machinery. The field testing of the machinery took a long time and the machines were not capable of producing as much as required by the hypermarkets, which then delisted the product. According to one of the category heads,

“The manufacturing department was not fully confident over the machinery, since the machines were going through a heavy field test. These technical issues delayed the distribution and hampered the product’s success.”

Table 25 illustrates the empirical findings for P4 from the conflict enablers’ perspective.

Page 107: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

105

Table 25. Conflict Enablers for product P4

Element Attributes Empirical findings

Team diversity There was no cross-functional team involvement in the new product’s launch.

Functional diversity Communication Poor communication and coordination within and between departments

Management styles Excessive orders for materials were placed without consulting the managers concerned.

Market research Lacking proper market research

Quality & Brand equity

High quality and brand awareness.

Functional resources ATL & BTL Lacking ATL & BTL activities.

IMC The concept of IMC was lacking

Human resources Product could be sold by the current staff, since it was a line extension

Technical issues Machines were not responsive

Distribution: No dedicated vans were required to distribute this product, as it was a line extension, but distribution in any case was hampered by issues with the machinery.

Delay in launching: Proper follows up and execution planning was not done. This was a value added product targeted at children and was supposed to be launched in the month of June 2012. Customers had been told about this and the product had been registered with the hypermarkets, but the supplies of the product were not in place on the due date. According to one of the marketing heads,

“Continuous delays in launching could have forced the key account (hypermarkets) to delist the SKUs.”

Forecast accuracy: The lack of coordination and proper research noted above led to inaccurate forecasting. The sales department overestimated the market size due to a lack of coordination and proper research analysis. According to one of the category managers,

“Forecast inaccuracy could have led either to shortages of SKUs and over- Ordering of materials or over-production.”

Erratic Supply: The imbalance between the demand and supply of finished goods is a recurring issue. The sales department was constantly facing difficulties in receiving the finished goods on time. According to the head of HORECA,

Page 108: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

106

“Inadequate stock planning by the manufacturing team leading to uneven supplies of one of more SKUs could have adversely affected the new product.”

Price: the price did not have a big impact on this product, since it was a line extension and the price was in line with our competitors’ pricing.

Delegation of authority: A lack of empowerment was noticed, mainly in the manufacturing department. According to the demand manager,

“Due to the centralized control system, some staff in other departments, mainly manufacturing, were showing a lack of interest and ownership, as shown by the imbalance between demand and supply planning.”

Table 26 illustrates the empirical findings for P4 from the cross-functional conflicts perspective.

Table 26. Cross-functional conflicts for product P4

Element Attributes Empirical findings

Distribution Since it was a line extension, dedicated vans were not required

Delay in launching Lacking proper follow up and execution plan

Forecast accuracy Lack of coordination and proper research

Task Price Compatible with the market

Erratic supply Excessive ordering of materials and over-production of finished goods

Relationship Delegation of Authority

Lack of empowerment mainly in the manufacturing department

In P4 all the attributes derived from based on the empirical material were identified and analyzed as having an impact on the failed product in the new product launch, except for human resources, distribution and price. Table 27 illustrates the impact of the findings on the failed product launch of P4.

Page 109: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

107

Table 27. The impact on the failed product launch of P4

Main Attributes in the model

Attribute according to the model

Attribute according to the empirical study

Impact on the failed product

Functional diversity Team diversity Team diversity Yes

Communication Communication Yes

Management styles Management styles Yes

Functional Resources Marketing Marketing research Yes

ATL & BTL Yes

Quality and brand No equity

Cross-functional conflicts

IMC Yes

Human Human No

Technical Technical Yes

Task Distribution No

Delay in launching Yes

Forecast accuracy Yes

Price No

Erratic Supply Yes

Relationship Delegation of authority Yes

5.5 Analysis of product P5

In this section, the researcher will give a brief description of the failed product P5, followed by within-case analysis under the heading of conflict enablers and cross- functional conflicts.

JEM4A launched this product in 2004. It was a line extension and came in a range of 7 SKUs, but one SKU, which constituted sixty five percentage of the total sales of the category, was driving the sales. This product showed an incremental change strategy for JEM4A. The product failed and was re-launched in 2012 with innovative packaging, i.e. a new concept with a different method of opening the pack. The product suffered constant shortages, due to technical issues, i.e. machine incompatibility. This was a long life product with six months’ shelf life. The product was carrying such attributes as long life, dairy based and free of preservatives and coloring. The case configuration was 500ml with 12 pieces per case and the total weight was 6 liters. The researcher selected this range of product, because it was supplied in different flavors with special attributes for JEM4A and it was a line extension which combined dairy with chocolate and coffee based flavors, suitable for the premium range of products.

Page 110: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

108

Table 28. Illustration of failed product P5

Year of launch 2004

Type of NPL Line extension range of 7 SKUs , but one SKU drove 65% of the sales of P5 (incremental changes)

Shelf life Long life with six months’ shelf life

Case configuration 500ml per pack X 12 packs total weight 6 liters

Challenges Competitors having the same pack and case configuration but with fresh milk

Team diversity: The diversities of the functional managers were not pooled. In other words, there was no cross-functional team involvement for the development or launch of the new product. According to the head manager of the key account,

“The concept of a team was missing. This could be one of the reasons that the product had an unsuccessful launch.”

Communication: There was poor communication or a deliberate blockage of information between departments, mainly the manufacturing, marketing and sales departments. The manufacturing department failed to communicate the need for non- shrink wrapping to the sales and marketing department According to the head of HORECA,

“This was poor coordination and communication between manufacturing, marketing and sales. This could be one of the reasons that the product was not

launched properly and on time.” Management styles: The participatory style was lacking, as is common in the

manufacturing department, According to the head of the supply team attached to the manufacturing department,

“Someone spoke forcefully in one of the supply meetings (S&OP) to the effect that his team was not responsible for the production planning figure for P5; it had been generated by the chief officer without consulting the team.”

Market research: No proper market research had been carried out before launching the product and no post launch analysis was undertaken. According to the head manager of the key account,

“This product was a new concept i.e. a ‘dream cap’, but no proper market research was carried out.”

Quality and brand equity: It was a product of the highest quality with high brand equity.

ATL & BTL: This lacked marketing support. No resources were allocated to develop the range. The product was left to settle on its own. According to the head of sales and distribution,

Table 28 illustrates the main points found in the failed product P5.

Page 111: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

109

“Heavy push and pull factors are required to increase and maintain the sales of this products.”

Integrated Marketing Communication: Despite being a new product concept, its attributes were not properly communicated to the target audience. According to the head of sales distribution,

“Its uniqueness as a selling proposition was not communicated to consumers, i.e. the new concept of a dream cup was not communicated to the consumers, for example. This could be the reason for the product failure.”

Human resources: The requirement of dedicated staff was not raised by any respondents since this was a line extension and the product could be sold by the existing staff.

Technical issues: The product was continuously in short supply due to technical issues with the machinery. The machinery was not compatible and it took long field tests, but s not ultimately capable of producing the required quantity. Here again the hypermarkets delisted the products. According to the key account manager,

“There was a constant product shortage due to machine issues – this could be one of the reasons for the product failure.”

Table 29 illustrates the empirical findings for P5 from the conflict enablers’ perspective.

Table 29. Conflict Enablers for product P5

Element Attributes Empirical findings

Team diversity There was no cross-functional team involvement in the new product launch.

Functional diversity Communication Poor communication and coordination within and between departments

Management styles Placing excessive orders for materials without consulting the managers concerned.

Functional resources Market research Lacking proper market research

Quality & Brand equity

High quality and brand awareness.

ATL & BTL Lacking ATL & BTL activities.

IMC The concept of IMC was lacking

Human resources Product could be sold with the existing staff, since it was a line extension

Technical issues Machinery was not compatible and the field testing took too long.

Page 112: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

110

Distribution: No dedicated vans were required to distribute this product, because it was a line extension; however the distribution was hampered by machine issues.

Delay in launching: This lacked proper follow up and execution planning. P5 was a value added product with new a concept, i.e. a dream cap replacing the pull tab. According to one of the category heads,

“Due to the continuous delays in launching, the product was de-listed from the hyper-markets.”

Forecast accuracy: lack of coordination and proper research led to inaccurate forecasting. The sales department overestimated the market size due to lack of coordination and proper research analysis. According to one of the category managers,

“Forecast inaccuracy could be one of the reasons for product shortage; or else over-production leads to more over-production.”

Erratic Supply: There was an imbalance between demand and supply. Shortages of finished goods are a recurring issue. The sales department is continuously facing difficulties in getting the finished goods on time. According to head of sales and marketing,

“The non-availability of stocks hampered distribution and hence produced consumer dissatisfaction. This could be one reason for the product failure.”

Price: The price did not have a big impact on this product, as it was a line extension and the price was in line with our competitors’ pricing.

Delegation of authority: A lack of empowerment was noticed, mainly in the manufacturing department. According to the demand manager,

“Due to centralized control some staff in other departments, mainly manufacturing, were showing a lack of interest and ownership. One example was the imbalance between demand and supply.”

Table 30 illustrates the empirical findings for P5 from the cross-functional conflicts perspective.

Page 113: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

111

Table 30. Cross-functional conflicts for product P5

Element Attributes Empirical findings

Distribution No dedicated vans required, since it was a line extension

Delay in launching Lack of proper follow up and planning in execution

Forecast accuracy Lack of coordination and proper research

Task Price In line with the market trend

Erratic supply Continuous shortage of finished goods.

Relationship Delegation of authority

Lack of empowerment, mainly in the manufacturing department

In P5 all the attributes derived from the empirical material that were identified and analyzed had an impact on the failure of the new product launch, except for human resources, distribution and price. Table 31 illustrates the impact on the failed product of P5 in the new product launch.

Table 31. The impact on the failed product P5 in the new product launch

Main Attributes in the model

Attribute according to the model

Attribute according to the empirical study

Impact on the failed product

Functional diversity Team diversity Team diversity Yes

Communication Communication Yes

Management styles Management styles Yes

Functional Resources Marketing Marketing research Yes

ATL & BTL Yes

Quality & brand equity No

IMC Yes

Human Human No

Technical Technical Yes

Cross-functional conflicts

Task Distribution No

Delay in launching Yes

Forecast accuracy Yes

Price No

Erratic Supply Yes

Relationship Delegation of authority Yes

Page 114: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

112

Summary

In products P1 to P5, all the attributes that had some impact on the failed product in the new product launch were identified and analyzed, except for human resources and distribution for products P2, P4 and P5 and for price for products P4 and P5. Table 32 illustrates the status of the impact on the failed product for all five products in their new product launches. Most of the comments quoted in the above analysis were made directly by middle and senior management. These comments were vetted by the chief officers and are quoted in the cross-case analysis.

Table 32. The impact on the failed product from P1 to P5 in new product launch

Main Attributes in the model

Attribute according to the model

Attribute According to the empirical study

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5

Functional diversity (FD)

Team diversity Team diversity Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Communication Communication Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Management styles

Management styles

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Functional Resources (FR)

Marketing Marketing research Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

ATL & BTL Yes Yes No No No

Quality & brand equity

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

IMC Human Human Yes Yes No No No

Technical Technical Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Cross-functional conflicts (CFC)

Task Distribution Yes Yes No No No

Delay in launching Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Forecast accuracy Yes Yes Yes No No

Price Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Erratic Supply Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Relationship Delegation of authority

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Page 115: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

113

6 Cross-case analysis

In this chapter, the elements identified in the conflict enablers and cross-functional conflicts in NPL will be examined across boundaries (i.e. ‘cross-examined’) with regard to products P1 to P5, based on the empirical findings in this research.

6.1 Conflict enablers

Here functional diversity and resources will be cross analyzed for all five failed products, based on the empirical findings in this research.

6.1.1 Functional diversity

New product performance depends upon several factors one of which is identified as functional diversity. In analyzing all five failed products, it was found that the important attributes in functional diversity are team diversity, communication and management styles. These will be cross analyzed with regard to the products in question, according to the empirical findings in this research.

Team diversity

All the respondents from JEM4A’s staff, including the top management, agreed one by one that they do not have a cross-functional team for new product launches; in fact the firm is quite dysfunctional in this respect. According to the empirical data gathered, all the five failed products identified in this study faced the same issue, i.e. the non-existence of a diversified cross-functional team. One of the chief officer’s comments was:

“Cross-functional teams and seamless integration and collaboration in new product launches are not an option but imperative for success, because a lot of conflicts in the team can be ironed out, if they are in a team together, instead of working in different silos.”

When it comes to the launching of a product, it is quite common in JEM4A for the departmental heads to try to shift the blame to another department. From the time that it passes the product development stage until it is launched, the process for the product is a “tug of war.” This type of conflicts could be better controlled if a dedicated and diversified cross-functional team made up of staff from product development, marketing, sales, manufacturing, resources and finance, were in place. The members should be truly cohesive and should trust each other and the

Page 116: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

114

top management (chief officers) should also trust the team members. Trust is the foundation of genuine teamwork. Another chief officer commented,

“A successful NPL is greatly affected by people and their ability to work together as a team and agree that most conflicts can be resolved, if there is cross- functional team involvement in NPL.”

Communication

It has been noted by the respondents that all the failed products have faced communication gaps, which led to poor coordination between the cross-functional teams. Since no proper launch plans were communicated to the other team members, the sales and marketing departments did not know precisely when the new product would be available. The sales department faces difficulties if changes in the launching dates are not communicated. The manufacturing department’s poor communication or deliberate blockage of information to other departments, mainly to the sales and marketing departments, has adversely affected new product launches. For example, the manufacturing department does not often take the initiative in communicating a product shortage, technical issues with the machines, shortages of material, failure to do multi packing or the shutting down of the plant at a crucial time, etc.

Poor communication not only affects the sales and marketing departments of JEM4A, but also creates a negative image of the company and disappointment among customers and final consumers, who are eagerly awaiting the innovative products. The manufacturing department does not communicate its weekly production plans, which creates an unnecessary production imbalance and it does not communicate any reason or justification for over-/under-production or product shortage at an NPL. One of the senior managers of the manufacturing department; categorically mentioned in his interview that “the weekly production schedule was not communicated” to him. The answers received from the middle and senior managers with regard to communication were vetted by the chief officers. One of the chief officers commented,

“Very poor communication between departments noticed and it is quite pathetic to note that some of the managers, including chief officers, deliberately block information and are reluctant to share information. Most of the issues related to NPL could be resolved if they were communicated properly and on time.”

In short, the empirical evidence made it clear that the manufacturing department had very poor communication, internally and inter-departmentally.

Page 117: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

115

Management style

Because the cross-functional team is the core of the new product process, the team’s leadership style is crucial for its success. If the team leader has a style that encourages the team members to focus on JEM4A’s objective rather than differences between the team members, this might reduce conflicts and increase cooperation and competence.

Even though the interview respondents of JEM4A mentioned that their top management, i.e. the chief officers of the department, had been very supportive in new product launches, the respondents from the manufacturing department commented negatively about their top management’s leadership style. The chief officer’s egocentric and egoistic involvement seems is the principal factor affecting the company’s performance, for new product launches in particular. Further, his poor communication skills, failure to delegate and lack of empowerment are affecting his staff’s motivation and, more importantly, his centralized control authority significantly contributes to interdepartmental conflicts and increased dysfunctional task conflict, which is considered a major threat to a new products success. He trusts neither his subordinates nor his peers, an absence of trust which is the most dysfunctional element in teamwork. He is reluctant to change, never admits his mistakes, ignores teamwork, acts as a know-it-all and does not invite support. The senior managers in the manufacturing department do not have adequate delegation, authority and empowerment to do their jobs on their own and moreover the chief officer deals directly with lower level staff, ignoring the function and thus the trust of senior managers. This situation was often observed, and led to the subordinates themselves not respecting their senior managers.

The researcher, as S&OP controller, has noticed in the supply meetings, pre- meetings and weekly production schedule meetings that this chief officer attends these meeting and disturbs the proceedings. The purpose of such meetings is to allow middle and senior managers to discuss and resolve day to day operational issues, mainly for production planning. This chief officer doesn’t respect and trust people, not only in his own department, but also in other departments. According to a senior manager from the manufacturing department, his chief officer

“Does not support his staff and is not willing to share information. His management style could be one of the reasons for the new product failure.”

The answers received from the middle and senior managers with regard to management styles were vetted by the chief officers. One of the chief officers commented,

Page 118: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

116

“People should put aside their ego needs; egocentric motives and individualism are among the reasons for new product failures.”

6.1.2 Functional resources

Product success always depends upon several factors. One of the factors identified is cross-functional resources. In analyzing all five failed products, it was found that the important cross-functional resources are marketing resources, human resources and technical resources.

Marketing resources

This section analyses marketing resources such as market research, quality and brand equity, above the line (ATL), below the line (BTL) and IMC. According to the interview respondents, the deployment of resources according to market needs is lacking even though investment in certain markets is the key component in the FMCG industry. Lack of marketing resources was cited throughout the descriptions of all five failures.

Market research

With regard to market research, all the respondents commented in separate interviews that JEM4A fails to carry out proper market research. Accordingly, JEM4A does not have its own research team, and hence very few new product ideas are initiated by product development teams and most of the ideas are floated by JEM4A’s strategic partners such as its packaging supplier (Tetra Pak) and advertising agent. Market research is lacking not only for brand extensions (as in P1 and P2), but also for line extensions (P3, P4 and P5). The answers received from the middle and senior managers with regard to market research were vetted by the chief officers. One of the latter commented,

“No market research is done by the company; mostly we rely on published information from Tetra Pak, for instance, or our advertising agency and other research houses such as Data Monitor, AC Nelson and IMES.”

Another chief officer said, “We do not carry out adequate market research and proper market research is

the backbone of product success. This could be one of the reasons for NP failure, especially for brand extensions.”

Page 119: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

117

Quality and brand equity

All the interview respondents unanimously believed that JEM4A markets high quality products and quality is not compromised whatever the cost. Devotion to quality is one of the company’s core values. However, two respondents commented that one of the reasons for the failure of P2 had been due to its poor quality, mainly due to the nature of the product, i.e. liquid food in Tetra packing. JEM4A retains high brand equity and its brand has been registered in more than fifteen countries. The brand is well known not only in Saudi Arabia, but also in the MENA region

and this is one of the firm’s intangible resources. According to the CEO of JEM4A, “The quality and brand equity were not built overnight. It took years to build

this, it is our success and we will not compromise on it.” To maintain the quality and safeguard the brand equity, constant monitoring is

imperative. Indeed, all the respondents mentioned that one of the reasons for the failure of P1 and P2 was their status as brand extensions, i.e. the products were launched under a different name. The respondents’ view was this:

“Products P1 & P2 would have been successful if they had been our core brand.”

The responses received from the middle and senior managers with regard to quality and brand equity were vetted by the chief officers. One of the chief officers commented,

“We do enjoy a very high position in the minds of our consumers and we never compromise on quality.”

ATL & BTL

The ATL activities of JEM4A have been outsourced to the advertising agent, who not only takes charge of the firm’s advertising, but also acts as a strategic partner. Ninety percentage of the ATL activities are carried out by the advertising agent (see the strategic partner section, below). JEM4A’s spending pattern on ATL activities are divided as follows: thirty six percentage charged to other media, followed by thirty four percentage to TV media, twenty one percentage to outdoor media, six percentage to radio and three percentage to press. The researcher analyzed the ATL activities and found that they apply mainly to the current products. Very few ATL & BTL activities, in fact, virtually none of them, are undertaken for NPL, except the re-launch of P1, which was supported by Tetra Pak. For other new products, ATL activities are carried out only with respect to the artwork and design. According to the interview respondents, JEM4A almost never carries out or spend money on

Page 120: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

118

any ATL activities for new product launches. In contrast, the competitors continue to spend heavily on the ATL activities for NPL.

One of the major distribution channels in Saudi Arabia is hypermarkets. To reach the target consumers who are known by their life-style and purchasing behavior, these hypermarkets have become an essential retailing channel by which to increase product awareness. However, heavy BTL spending is required to list the product and maintain its availability in retail markets, which is rarely done by JEM4A compared to its competitors. This is mentioned by all the interview respondents from the sales and marketing departments. Marketing activities (BTL) are not properly communicated to the consumers. JEM4A’s spending pattern on BTL expenses consists of thirty percentage to key customers, followed by seventeen percentage exporting and other marketing activities, fifteen percentage to display, fifteen percentage to incentives, fifteen percentage to promotion and eight percentage to contracts. BTL activities are not carried out on behalf of new products for the export market; instead, the overseas customers are given annual incentives based on their volume sales. For the local market, mainly for organized trading, JEM4A budgets 1) listing fees for new products (range of 10 SKUs) which costs two percentage of the total BTL expenses. Out of 415 organized trade customers JEM4A cover only sixty percentage of the market; 2) display rental for new products (range of 10 SKUs) which costs four percentage of the total BTL expenses per quarter. (Here again, display is carried out to cover only sixty percentage of the market); and 3) cost of point of sales materials (POS) amounting to two percentage. Promotional activities, such as free issues (buy 2 get 1 free), price slashing, etc. are not engaged in for new products, except for P1 where the re-launch was supported by Tetra Pak. Sporadic activities of testing or marketing samples are carried out for selected organized traders.

To summarize, the overall marketing expenditure for ATL & BTL accounts for eight percentage of the total gross sales, which is in line with the normal marketing expenses for two of JEM4A’s competitors? But when it comes to a new product launch, the competitors’ spending goes up to fifteen percentage of gross sales and they spend eighty percentage of this on ATL and twenty percentage on BTL. This is not the case with JEM4A, hence it seems that JEM4A does not support the new product by the pull factor (ATL) and uses only a very limited push factor. JEM4A pays only three months’ display rental to organized traders, whereas the competitor pays 18 months display rental; this is why the rival products are well sustained even after the launch. This analysis makes it is clear that ATL & BTL resources for new products are lacking, not only for brand extensions (P1 & P2), but also for line extensions (P3-P5).

Page 121: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

119

Integrated marketing communication (IMC)

The interviewed respondents, not only from the sales and marketing departments, but other departments also, commented that JEM4A is lacking in IMC. The concept of IMC refers to all forms of communication and messages that are carefully linked together such as advertising, sales promotions, public relations, direct marketing, personal selling, online communication and social media. All these tools should work in harmony to attain new product success, rather than working in isolation. Right communication is very important for product awareness. It may concern new products, existing products, line extensions or brand extensions. However, if it is a new segment, it is important to educate the target audience to promote the success of the product. The respondents commented that the concept of IMC does not exist for JEM4A, e.g. product P1 was a new concept, introduced to the market to replace that of CAN, which people were used to. JEM4A did not communicate with the consumers properly and told them nothing about its benefits, etc. Product P2 was also a new concept. It was introduced to the market in a pack meant to compete with sachet packing, but this was not communicated properly to the consumers. Since these two were brand extensions, they needed constant marketing support such as ATL and BTL, which were lacking. Product P3 was a good range of unique sugar-free products with hundred percentage juice and should have satisfied health conscious customers. But JEM4A failed to communicate its attributes properly to the consumers; once it was launched, the firm let it alone. Product P4 was launched in June 2012 knew about it and the target audience consisted of children who had long been enthusiastic over fancy value added products. But because the arrival of the product was delayed and the consumers were not informed, the launch was a failure. The launch of P5 was announced through trade letters but the products were not launched on time due to technical issues. Here again the delay in launching was not communicated. Both the competitors commented,

“We follow a more scientific new product launch process with proper integrated strategic marketing plans and we do have cross-functional team involvement in NPL.”

Human resources

Based on the interviewed respondents, JEM4A do not have dedicated staff for new products mainly for brand extension and according to them the brand extensions such as P1 (10 SKUs) and P2 (5 SKUs) should be distributed in dedicated trucks by dedicated staff. Line extension 1 SKU or multiple SKUs such as P3, P4 & P5

Page 122: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

120

can be distributed with the existing vans with the same staff, but not the brand extensions. For new products the sales staff should be motivated by giving special incentives. Otherwise, they will concentrate on selling fast moving items to get better sales commission and hence very little focus for the new products. Sales and marketing staff should also be given adequate training in how to deal with new products and how to communicate with the trades the product attributes and benefit, which is found lacking in JEM4A. All the resources are necessary but not sufficient conditions for successful product launch, like any other business endeavor, a successful NPL is greatly affected by the people and their ability to work together as a team (see team diversity). On many occasions, sales, marketing and manufacturing departments blamed the resources department for the shortage of manpower. Respondents from Resources department replied that this is the lame excuse .Sales, Marketing and Manufacturing departments blame when they failed to achieve their sales and production targets. Based on this statement, the researcher validates this statement and found that in the last two years the manpower shortages did not have a significant impact on loss on sales or production, especially for new product; instead these departments used this tactic to shift the blame.

Technical issues

The interviewed respondents commented that in most of the cases especially with regard to brand extensions and also new line with innovative packing had faced issues with the machines, which delayed the launching of new products. These delays subsequently affected the new products and this statement has been vetted by Tetra Pak. According to them any new line with innovative packaging needs to go through the field test. One of the reasons for brand extension P1and P2 failed due to the machines not being flexible to produce different pack size and case configurations. The product could have catered to the customer demand for these two brand extensions, if the machines were compatible to produce multiple pack size with different case configurations. For P3, P4 and P5, the products in multiple SKUs, but the products supplies were constantly affected with product shortages due to machine field test and moreover the hypermarkets de-listed the products due to non-supply.

Page 123: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

121

Strategic partners

Based on the interview respondents for research question number 3 “In addition to the internal stakeholders (cross-functional teams) involvement, is there any external parties involved either directly or indirectly in new product launches?” the researcher included JEM4A’s packaging supplier and advertising agent as strategic partners under the domain of cross-functional resources, as they have a degree of business involvement in new product launch of JME4A.

Advertising agent (CL)

Since the advertising requests wants to stay anonymous, their name in this study is recorded as CL. CL was founded in 1997 and since then is the advertising agent for JEM4A, which handle all the ATL activities for JEM4A. They coordinate with JEM4A marketing department and draw up the marketing plan. CL has the talents right across the area with totally integrated solutions, experienced and creative staff with many years of producing and award-winning campaigns that generate the right results for its clients. In additions to their office in Saudi Arabia (Jeddah and Riyadh) they do have offices in Beirut, Dubai, Jordan, Qatar, Cairo, Paris and London. They are expert in brand engineering, advertising (ATL & BTL), media planning, media & buying, media monitoring, research, direct marketing, sales promotion, public relations, design, data analysis, event management, sponsorship exploitation, internet/ social media /new media, data analysis & planning.

Advertising agent business in Saudi Arabia and Middle East

With offices setup across the region CL caters different clients with diversified business (industries) such as dairy, food, beverage, automobile, electronic, construction, IT, educations etc., and fulfill each client’s needs easily. As the integrated solutions approach manages to keep the consistency sought by each client to deliver the end product to reflect the same brand image & equity. By delivering services tailor made to each market, speaking each people’s language. CL and with expertise in these countries enable the overall strategy to be maintained with positive and measurable results are secured.

Page 124: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

122

Advertising agent’s role with JEM4A business

CL act as an Agency of record (AOR) for JEM4A and they are the sole representative in all ATL activities of JEM4A including providing research information for new products. They do act as true partner and work as a team with JEM4A’s marketing department. CL caters to all JEM4A’s needs including involvement and support in overall product strategies and implementation whenever requested and/or needed. The always go one step further and seek new opportunities. With regard to NPL, CL need to coordinate with the various parties to have the job done right, on all levels related to CL business from ATL to BTL. CL must also coordinate the packaging designs and printing sessions with suppliers, quality of delivery, POSMs, promotional items, sampling sessions, sponsorships opportunities, creative designs for awareness, media planning etc. CL needs to ensure proper research from market to panels, from qualitative to quantitative, to properly understand the business environment, the opportunities, the pros and cons etc. and to develop the right strategy and ensure tactics. CL will need to involve in communicating JEM4A’s new product to the target audience, consisting of proven methods which lead to utterly wasted opportunities if and when ignored. While the above-mentioned points are essential, it’s also essential to have right mix in order to have positive results, aligning with proper implementation from production to marketing to sales to operations, distribution, funds, availability, shelf investment etc.

Tetra pak

Tetra Pak is one of the three independent industry groups that belong to the Tetra Laval Group; the other two are DeLaval and Sidel. Tetra Laval is a private industrial group of Swedish origin with headquarters in Switzerland. Dr Ruben Rausing, its founder, was in all ways a true entrepreneur and innovator. He motivated his staff to look beyond the obvious and led the development of a unique innovation that changed the way food is distributed around the world. In 1943, Rausing had an idea that paper cartons could be used for transporting liquids. By 1950, he had perfected the technique of making airtight and leak-proof cartons using plastic coated paperboard. Working closely with its customers and suppliers, the firm provides safe, innovative and environmentally sound products which each day meet the needs of hundreds of millions of people in more than 170 countries all over the world. Appendix 9 illustrates statistical information on Tetra Pak for 2011 and 2012. The figures are as at March 2012.

Page 125: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

123

Tetra pak arabia

Tetra Pak started operations in the region in the 1970s and JEM4A is one of its pioneering clients. The company set up major installations in the Kingdom. From 1st January 2007, a new market company, Tetra Pak Arabia, was formed to cover the GCC countries and Yemen. The carton converting factory of Tetra Pak Arabia is located in south Jeddah, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. Tetra Pak Arabia supplies most of the carton packaging material for Saudi Arabia and exports to customers in 24 other countries in the Middle East, Europe and Asia. The global presence of Tetra Pak Arabia is reflected in the multinational mix of over 350 staff of 31 nationalities employed in the region. Its carton converting factory operates to the same standards as any other Tetra Pak factory in the world. It is certified to the international environmental standard ISO 14001 and develops additional environmental activities such as local waste recycling and energy management in order to reduce its impact on the local environment and promote sound manufacturing.

Tetra pak arabia role as a strategic partner with JEM4A

Tetra Pak’s business relationship with JEM4A can be described as a strategic partnership in which the companies have been working closely together for over 30 years. Due to their joint efforts, they have grown together, by their innovations and by providing safe, reliable and high quality products.

The relationship between Tetra Pak and JEM4A can be observed in the way they work together. Tetra Pak employs a Key Account Team dedicated to JEM4A. The team consists of:

– Key account director who oversees all activities shared by the companies, – Marketing Manager whose primary responsibility is to support JEM4A’s Sales

and Marketing departments with market and category knowledge and consumer research

– Customer Service Representative who oversees all supply chain related activities such as forecasting and order processing

– Technical key account manager who is accountable for Tetra Pak’s services in the JEM4A factory, such as planned and breakdown maintenance and the installation and commissioning of Tetra Pak production and processing lines, together with performance improvement projects.

Page 126: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

124

The Tetra Pak team is engaged in daily business transactions in addition to projects to support JEM4A’s growth through new product launches and efficiency projects. The key account team members are in contact with their counterparts at JEM4A on a daily basis. Moreover, Tetra Pak and JEM4A’s top management also take an active role in the relationship, and get together 2-3 times a year for business discussions and to align their strategy. These meetings are platforms to review their agreed joint plans, and discuss future directions. The key account team members and their counterparts at JEM4A also engage in regular meetings to cascade top level plans down to daily operations.

To give some examples of the projects run jointly, one of the activities on Supply Chain is vendor-managed replenishment (VMR) where JEM4A shares its production plan and stocks for the leading designs, and Tetra Pak replenishes these designs automatically according to JEM4A’s weekly requirement. This system enables JEM4A to run on minimum stock levels, and supports working capital requirements by reducing the amount of capital tied up in packaging material stocks.

On the Marketing front, the companies work together to conduct and analyse consumer research findings. They test product concepts, usage & attitude with regard to various product categories. They also analyse market trends, share information on local market dynamics and global category insights, and use this

information to drive growth through launching new products. Technology is another area of interaction. The two teams actively work together

to analyse the performance of the production lines, agree on corrective action and follow up joint projects where project managers are responsible for the installation and commissioning of production lines, and also run layout and relocation projects to optimize floor use and minimize processing losses. It is through close dialogue between JEM4A and Tetra Pak that both companies are today industry leaders in their fields. Given JEM4A’s ambitious and progressive management, JEM4A is a leading address for Tetra Pak’s new packaging and technological innovations and services. There is a constant drive by both companies to keep ahead of the industry and understand consumers. JEM4A offers a very competitive and high-growth landscape, where producers can connect with consumers who want to develop in a sustainable way.

Page 127: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

125

6.2 Cross-functional conflicts

Product success depends, among other factors, upon cross-functional conflicts. In analyzing all five failed products, it was found that the important attributes in the CFC were task and relationship conflicts.

6.2.1 Task conflict

The analysis went on to reveal that the important attributes in task conflicts are delay in launching, distribution, accurate forecasting, price and erratic supply. These will all be cross–analyzed with reference to P1 to P5, according to the based on the empirical findings above.

Delay in launching

Timely delivery of the finished goods was a challenge for most of the new products. New product launching plans should be based on realistic timelines and targets by all stake holders from the outset all the way to the retailer’s shelf. All interdepartmental links should be very clear about their role and the timeline they should follow to meet the deadline. The target dates can be met by a cross-functional team dedicated to new product launches. In JEM4A, delays in launching a new product are common and determine for success or failure. In Saudi Arabia, most of the food and beverage industries launch new products during the month of Ramadan, i.e. the month of fasting The reason behind his is that there is a floating population at this time in the three major cities of Saudi Arabia, where people from all over the world come to perform Umrah (an optional religious ritual for Muslims).

All the failed products cited in this study faced the problem of delay in launching. In 2012, when one of them was not launched before the end of Ramadan the top management were thoroughly disappointed and blamed the marketing and manufacturing departments for the failure. According to the interviewed respondents, the delay in launching had great impact on the product success and could have been caused by many factors. The unnecessary delays lost sales and most of the time the organized outlets such as hypermarkets and chain stores delisted the products, on account of their constant lateness. Unnecessary delays have become a recurring issue and are mainly due to a lack of proper planning and follow up between departments. In the view of the respondents, many logistics issues can be resolved, if a cross-functional team is brought in to cover NPL. The answers received from the middle and senior managers with regard to delays in

Page 128: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

126

launching were vetted by the chief officers. One of these remarked, “We missed the target date. Missing the date (meant the loss on sales) is a big

occasion, mainly during Ramadan. Missing the target date could be one reason for the product’s failure.”

Distribution

From the total sales of JEM4A, the lion’s share goes to the Wholesalers and the Key account segments, i.e. thirty and twenty percentages respectively. The interviewed respondents’ opinion was that the new product launch by JEM4A did not generally need dedicated vans for brand extensions such as P1 and P2. But these brand extensions became mixed up with other SKUs distributed in the same vans. To improve product success, it is important to have dedicated vans. The distribution of P3, P4 and P5 did not have much impact on the failure, because these were line extensions. Moreover, when brand extensions are mixed up with other SKUs, it is very likely that more of the fast moving existing SKUs will be sold than the new products. For example, one SKU drives fifty percentages of JEM4A’s total sales. In such cases, sales staff will concentrate on selling more current SKUs than new products. This strategy eventually kills the new products, which is a common conflict in distribution strategy that has affected JEM4A. Dedicated vans and staff for new products, mainly for brand extensions together with separate sales targets could help to improve the success of new products.

The wholesalers focus on selling high volumes of fast moving items. They act as mere intermediaries between the manufacturers and the retailers. The wholesalers prefer to transact business on fast moving items in high volume with relatively low margins. Most wholesalers are risk averse and do not much want to take the risk of buying new products, mainly brand extensions, until they have gained some momentum. Another distribution channel is that of key account customers, i.e. hypermarkets. In Saudi Arabia, the top 10 key customers are Panda, Carrefour, Lulu, Euro Mache, Othaiam, Farm, Danube, Bindawood, Consumer Oasis and Tamimi, with multiple branches scattered all over the Kingdom. These hypermarkets frequently attract large numbers of customers due to their everyday low price (promotion) strategy. This strategy makes little profit on any one thing, but sells large quantities.

The companies, including JEM4A, have to investment heavily to market their products by way of registration fees, display rental, monthly rebate and annual sales incentives. On top of this, the companies offer regular promotions

Page 129: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

127

such as price slashing and other offers to consumers. In Saudi Arabia, owing to the limits on social interaction, women frequently visit hypermarkets and these have become popular places to shop. As they have grown, they have become a key distribution channel, which implies that their bargaining power is certain to increase. Hypermarkets are easily accessed; they have attractive expanses of shelf space, which is essential for new products, and they target families as their core customers. The manufacturers have begun to pay increased attention to them as paths to their target consumers in terms of life-style and purchasing behavior. For the food and beverage industries such a distribution channel plays a very important role, since hypermarket customers tend to give little time to comparing products before making a purchasing decision. Hypermarkets give consumers many chances to pick up competitors’ products. The concept of hypermarkets is expanding rapidly in most countries, notably in Saudi Arabia. With this rapid expansion, hypermarkets are gaining more and more bargaining power over food manufacturers, since they can order and sell in large quantities. Moreover, hypermarkets are ideal channels to push new products, since products are placed attractively in eye-catching shelf displays, accompanied by numerous promotional strategies, such as price-cutting, ‘buy one get one free. These are used on products which sell in high volume, increasing the turnover of new products which have a shorter shelf-life.

Forecast accuracy

The sales forecast, including sales of new products comes into the domain of the demand manager. The demand manager is primarily responsible for coordinating with sales and marketing teams to build robust 18-month rolling sales forecasts. Brand extensions are more risky than line extensions, as they have gone through radical changes. Since they are new, inaccurate forecasting of their success is highly probable, on account of minimal data, limited time for analysis and the general uncertainty surrounding new products in the marketplace. The manufacturing department often does not follow a sales forecast and thus creates over-/under production. Simultaneously, the sales and marketing staff often over-estimate the market size due to a lack of coordination and proper research analysis, with particular regard to products P1 to P5. It is not easy to forecast the right volume in the early stages of a new product and it is also daunting task for brand extensions such as P1 and P2. After implementing the S&OP process, conflicts over issues with sales forecasts (over- or under-estimations) and production planning (over- or under- production) are addressed in the pre-meetings and executive S&OP meetings.

Page 130: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

128

According to the interviewed respondents, once the S&OP is fully implemented with other sub modules such as MPS, RRP and BOR, conflicts between sales forecasts and production planning can be reduced. The answers received from the middle and senior managers with regard to forecast accuracy were vetted by the chief officers. One of the chief officers commented

“Mostly I blame sales and marketing departments for their over-enthusiasm in projecting high estimates. Poor forecasting and the changing of requirements from time to time affected the NPL.”

Price

Setting the price for a new product is a vital decision in the product development process. The price set for new product does not need to be the lowest in the market, but it must be set with relevance to the product’s quality and its visible benefits. In this way, customers have higher value than the competitors can offer. As mentioned by the interviewed respondents, the prices set for three failed products were higher than those of the competitors, which contributed to the product failure. P1 and P2 were brand extension with a range of SKUs and P3, although it was a line extension, was a new concept with multiple flavors. JEM4A was the first company in the region to get its innovative packing for P1 and P2, i.e. to pack food products (solid and liquid) in Tetra packing and for JEM4A it was a blue ocean strategy. For products P1 and P2, pricing was not compatible with the competitors’ pack sizes and prices. Product P3, however, was very expensive because of its nutritional value, i.e. its basis of hundred percentage pure grape juice. The price set was not acceptable to consumers, who are always price conscious; they compare and tend to opt for lower prices. For instance, in Saudi the 1 SAR or 2 SAR price barriers is very difficult to surmount. Consumers are also willing to switch if some price increase puts a product outside the traditional “price bracket”– as shown by the drop in sales of carbonated soft drinks (CSD) in 2010 and consequent growth of still drinks. They are always concerned with prices, trade margins and offers. According to Tetra Pak

“Consumers’ perception is diversifying towards prices; the weight of brand loyalty is less and price conscious consumers are increasing in proportion. Therefore pricing a new product could have an impact on product performance.”

Page 131: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

129

Erratic Supply

Almost all the interviewed respondents from all the six cross-functional departments, including manufacturing, unanimously declared that erratic supply had badly affected the success of all the products in question. With regard to P1 and P2, the Finance and Controllership department analyzed the reasons for the over-ordering of material and over-production and found sixty five percentage damage was due to over-estimation by the sales and marketing departments of the sales forecast and thirty five percentage of the damage was caused by the manufacturing department in its over-ordering of material and over-production. How-ever, the constant shortage of one SKU of P1, which drives ninety five percentages of sales, affected the new product more than the other nine SKUs. Initially, there was a shortage of finished products due to the machinery’s field test. More than the shortage of finished goods the over-production and over-ordering of raw and packaging material was huge, mainly due to the over-estimation of the sales forecast. With regard to P3, the manufacturing department over-ordered raw material, which resulted in over-production and the sales department was compelled to sell at below cost. JEM4A’s internal auditing department evaluated the case and found the raw and pack materials were over-ordered by the manufacturing department, with the result that a huge amount of raw and packaging materials were dumped. P4 is a line extension with a range of products, i.e. it has 8 SKUs. This is a value-added product especially targeted at small children. The constant shortage of the finished goods has compelled the hypermarkets to de-list the product from their product portfolios. According to sales and marketing, this is a serious matter; the shortage is mainly due to capacity constraints. P5 is a line extension with a range of products i.e. with 6 SKUs. The product was re-launched with slight changes to the packaging style and design. The line was new and the machines were undergoing field tests for quite some time. The sales and marketing departments made the first delivery to the market but subsequently they failed to re-fill the market, due to product shortages. The shortage was due to the machine field test and the test failed constantly. The responses received from the middle and senior managers with regard to erratic supply were vetted by the chief officers. One of these commented,

“Erratic supply contributes a major part of the launch failure and has a very high score. Good examples are P1 and P3, where we dumped huge quantities of finished goods, raw and packaging materials.”

Page 132: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

130

6.2.2 Relationship conflict

In analyzing all five failed products, it was found that the important area in relationship conflicts is the delegation of authority, which will be cross–analyzed for all the five failed products i.e. P1 to P5, according to the empirical findings of this research.

Authority and delegation

Interviews with respondents and the documents from the field work, such as minutes of JEM4A’s meetings, showed that few executive members of top management try to exert centralized control on day to day operations. Such bureaucratic dimensions affect the cross-functional relationship during a new product launch. Few vociferous executive members are not in favor of the delegation of duties, though they themselves have limited delegation and such delegation is not commensurate with the authority and empowerment conferred. The researcher often witnessed this situation, in particular with regard to new product launches.

Greater delegation with adequate empowerment and authority might allow the teams to make decisions more quickly than teams without delegation and empowerment or teams under centralized control. In their bureaucratic constraints, the managers, including senior managers, must wait for instructions from their chief officer (top management). According to some of the interviewed respondents

“Few chief officers do not trust their staff and therefore there is too little staff freedom and some of the chief officers are pessimistic, ignore teamwork and believe that they know everything – this is an attitude issue which could be one

reason for the NP failure.” They pretend thatthey do not need support andtake decisions without considering

other departments. But empowering teams with decision-making authority could be a key factor in future success with new products. Lack of delegation, empowerment and cooperation were noticed most in the manufacturing department. There is clear evidence that the representative of the manufacturing department could not respond to the questions raised in the S&OP meetings, not only with regard to new product launch, but also to other operational issues, because staff are not empowered to make decisions. This is a common feature in all the failed launches. As one of the respondents from the manufacturing department claimed in his interview that he did not have any authority to administer the activities of his function,

“Because the chief officer has direct control over his subordinates, which is affecting the morale of my subordinates and me.”

Page 133: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

131

The responses received from the middle and senior managers with regard to the delegation of authority were vetted by the chief officers. One of the remarked,

“Delegation of authority and empowerment is lacking in the manufacturing, marketing and sales departments; the managers are just carrying out instructions.”

Another chief officer commented, “Centralized control in managing business activities without trusting the people

in charge but sharing only the faults or fault-finding in the work of an individual or department could be one of the reasons for product failure.”

Another chief officer added that “The staff is deprived of or given very limited access to information by the

chief officer in the manufacturing department, due to his egocentric control.”

6.3 New product launches

At present JEM4A makes use of the following in developing and launching new products.

1- Idea generation Few new product ideas come from the product development team and most of the ideas are floated on the basis of information from Tetra Pak, one of the JEM4A’s main suppliers of packaging material. No proper market research is carried out by JEM4A, even for brand extensions.

2- Idea screening

Based on the suppliers’ information, the product development department search and procure the availability and the data sheet for the raw material, which gives the details of the case configuration and pack size. This information is passed on to the Finance and Controllership department to prepare a feasibility study of the product (its profitability)

3- Concept development and testing

Product development staff (PD) do not collect all the feasible and practical ideas in the process; instead they carry out test sampling only for JEM4A staff (restricted sampling). Very often, the selected taste panel does not represent the ideal target audience to provide clear feedback, as all its members are company employees and they could be biased in their opinion.

Page 134: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

132

4- Approval If the PD are satisfied with the restricted sampling conducted among their staff and the product is feasible (profitable), they will obtain approval from the top management to go ahead with the product launching. At present, they do not check the other processes in the NPD.

5- Marketing strategy

In this process the marketing department will work with internal as well as external parties on the ordering of materials, case configuration, pack design and art work, etc. The sales forecast for the new product launches are made on the basis of estimates, considering the volume of competitors’ sales and the minimum quantity the company needs to manufacture. No test marketing activities are carried out at this stage, i.e.to launch the product successfully within a particular region and modify the marketing mix strategy if necessary before the further launching of the product on the national and international market. The absence of a complete Integrated Marketing Plan is noted in every product launch.

6- Launch

The marketing department will register the new product with the organized trade and finally will inform the sales department of the tentative launch date. Surprisingly, most launches did not meet their launching deadline. In other words, there were huge delays in launching, even after the product has been registered with the retailers. According to the interview responses, each department works in isolation (in different silos) and all the respondents admitted separately that they are not involved in any cross-functional team in NPD and launches.

To sum up, the case company has neither a robust NPL process nor cross-functional team involvement manned by the right people who recognize their individual limitations (no single person knows everything), work cohesively as a team and see the results through. Most of the cross-functional task conflicts could be resolved, if there is a cross-functional team involved in new product launch. Cross-functional team can avoid costly problems and increase speed to market in NPL (Lovelace et al.2001). The cross-functional team could have a variety of perspectives on one issue (Lovelace et al. 2001) and information also could be interpreted inconsistently throughout the team (Dougherty 1992). Figure 8 illustrate the present NPL process

Page 135: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

133

of JEM4A. Many researchers have tried to develop a model that captures all the relevant stages of the NDP process (Ulrich & Eppinger 2011, Wind 2001, Cooper 2001, Crawford 1987, Scheuing 1974).

Figure 8. The present NPL process in JEM4A.

6.4 Revised model for CFC in NPL

On the basis of the empirical analysis, the theoretical model for CFC in NPL has been revised (see Figure 9). With respect to empirical findings, most importantly insights were found concerning task related conflicts, functional resources and relationship conflicts presented in the figure outside the funnel. These empirical insights are discussed in the following.

The food industry in the FMCG context has a challenging environment, which is expected to be even more challenging in the future. Meanwhile, a growing population, changing consumer tastes and trends and wide geographical spread compel companies to embark on new product launches despite regular product launch failures.

The functional diversity shown in the conflict enablers section was theory- driven and as expected from the preliminary research model. Each element in this functional diversity – team diversity, communication and management styles – has been analyzed for each product and these elements have afterwards been cross analyzed. However, from the empirical data gathering it is clear that the emerging issues such as quality & brand equity, IMC and strategic partners influence marketing resources, and these too have been added to the revised model. Market research had greater impact on the NP performance, for brand extensions in particular. For a new product to succeed, ATL & BTL support is vital, but compared to its competitors JEM4A lacks this. JEM4A maintains high quality in its products and does not admit compromise; its brand equity is its intangible resource. The context elements which affect the NPL outside the firm context are JEM4A’s two strategic partners, as external stake holders playing a role in NPL. The marketing resources are more complex than the assumption made in the preliminary research model. Since this marketing resource produced variations with different marketing resources, it has been taken into the revised research model.

Page 136: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

134

In the preliminary research model it was presumed that the cross-functional conflicts were theory-driven and identified as task and relationship, but the empirical study has shown that the emerging issues were categorized under task related conflicts such as distribution, delay in launching, forecast accuracy, price and erratic supplies. Distribution has an impact on the brand extension. Delay in launching is a common phenomenon in JEM4A, whether in brand or line extensions. Forecasting accuracy is an issue for both demand (sales) and production, for brand as well as line extensions. Price had an impact on new product launches for P1 to P3 due to brand extensions and also line extensions with multiple products. Erratic supplies was another major issue for P1 to P5, which affected the new product performance. These elements have been added in the revised model under the heading of task conflicts. The empirical study went on to categorize the delegation of authority as emerging issue under the heading of relationship conflict. Lack of delegation of authority has affected new product launches for P1- P5 without exception. In the revised model, the delegation of authority has been added under the heading of relationship conflict. The cross-functional conflicts are more complex than the assumption made in the preliminary research model because the task conflicts gave different variations according to the differences between them. This has been taken into the revised research model.

The brand and line extension are theory-driven that is part of the context of the NPL of the model was as expected in the combined preliminary research model. In sum, all the elements or attributes presented in the preliminary model and also the new elements or attributes came up from the empirical study have been included in the revised model of CFC in NPL i.e. the emerging issues are spread outside the main funnel.

Page 137: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

135

Figure 9. Revised model of CFC in NPL.

Page 138: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

136

Page 139: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

137

7 Discussions and implications

The final chapter of this qualitative study sums up the finding from both a theoretical and an empirical perspective. The chapter starts with the proposed answers to the research questions presented in Chapter 1 of this dissertation, followed by the theoretical and managerial implications of this study. The second part of this section addresses the reliability and validity of the research and goes on to discuss the limitations of the work and avenues for further research, before concluding.

7.1 Answers to the research questions

The research questions posed at the beginning of this study will be answered by using the preliminary theoretical model (Figure 8) representing the cross- functional conflicts in NPL and also the contribution made by the empirically developed grounded framework (Figure 12). The preliminary framework and the food industry observations form the empirically grounded/revised framework. In addition, the preliminary framework is based on an extensive literature review and diversity theory, together with the RBV concept. This shows that the framework aims to be holistic and not industry-specific.

Q1 How does functional diversity affect new product launches?

As illustrated by the empirical case study conducted above, the kind of analysis of conflict enablers such as functional diversity and functional resources brought up many issues relevant to the CFC in NPL for food industry. The question “How does functional diversity affect NPL?” deals with the essence of conflict enablers, which is the first part of the framework. The conflict enablers consist of functional diversity (team diversity, communication and management styles) and functional resources (marketing, technical and human). In the case analysis of five failed products it became obvious that there were conflicting views within departments as well as between departments. Conflict enablers such as functional diversity and functional resources are valuable tools in answering this research question. There are two main reasons for examining the conflict enablers in the food industry and their effect on new product launches.

First, the work force of food industry in Saudi Arabia comprises expatriates, who come from diverse cultures. Their diversity could increase communication and cooperation, but the same diversity could equally create conflicts. These conflicts may be task related or relationship conflicts (Figure 9 ). Most of the

Page 140: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

138

task related conflicts could be addressed and resolved, if a CFT is involved. Relationship conflicts were found to be very high in the manufacturing department, mainly surrounding the chief officer. But cross-functional team diversity and seamless integration and collaboration in a new product launch is not an option; it is imperative for NP success. In establishing a CFT, a company can resolve cross- functional conflicts. Second, conflicts over resources in food industry must be assessed and resolved before deciding on an NPL. In this competitive environment, all FMCG companies, especially food industry must have adequate resources to create value for their customers. It has been established that without a cohesive and coordinated approach, any NPL is bound to fail. The food industry should become aware that hypermarkets are the best retailing channel for the new products, but that carrying out BTL activities in hypermarkets is very costly. Lack of resources or poor allocation of resources is the main conflict contributor in food industry for NPL. Here again most of the task-related issues would be sorted out, if a dedicated CFT took charge of every NPL.

Q2. Why do cross-functional conflicts in the food industry affect new product launches?

To answer the research question two the researcher used the second part of the framework that is CFC, which identified two types of conflicts such as task and relationship. Task and relationship conflicts identified six attributes and these attributes were identified from the food industry perspective. As illustrated by the empirical case conducted in this study, the analysis of cross-functional conflicts such as task and relationship conflicts brought up many relevant issues from the perspective of the CFC in NPL for food industry and such analysis was found to be a valuable tool in addressing this research question. In the course of answering it, the researcher conceptualized cross-functional conflicts as phenomena and found that the question dealt with the essence of CFC in NPL. The empirical findings from the case analysis of five failed products revealed that there were obvious conflicting views within the departments as well as between them. Based on these variables, the case of CFC in NPL in food industry was thoroughly understood. There are two main reasons that the food industry reveals such clear CFC and their effect on new product launches.

First, the analysis for all the five failed products resulted in identifying CFC in two dimensions, task related conflicts and relationship conflicts. It can be suggested, according to the findings, that most of the task related conflicts can be resolved by

Page 141: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

139

having cross-functional integration, but that the relationship conflicts can be traced to one chief officer who had centralized control, a pessimistic attitude, no trust in his staff and skepticism towards teamwork. It is acknowledged that such a negative attitude has great impact on new product performance. Second, the empirical findings of this study tell us that the case in hand do not follow proper NPD /NPL process, but instead follow a rather fragmented one and it is acknowledged that this could be one reason why so many NPLs failed. Furthermore the results of this study identified that the CFC are not resolve concisely on time this could be another reason for product failure. The CFC is inevitable not only for food industry, but also other industries, yet how fast these conflicts are resolve is more important for new product performance. Additionally, the failed products identified in the study were divided according to their launch strategy as either brand extensions or line extensions.

7.2 Theoretical implications

In this section, the researcher evaluates the key findings from a theoretical perspective. The two main theories, diversity theory and the RBV are used to evaluate the key findings (see Chapter 2). The preliminary framework was based on a wide review of the literature (see Chapter 2) about the CFC in NPL and also the two theories used to build the preliminary research framework (see figure 8). To answer the research questions of this study, the researcher used the model as a tool for the analysis of the empirical data and developed the revised model based on empirical results. These parts of the framework were the most important theoretical contribution and it can be stated that the preliminary and the empirical study provided answers to the research questions. The researcher will summarize the most important theoretical contribution that this study has made to the FMCG companies in the food industry and these will be discussed next.

7.2.1 Functional diversity and CFC

The results suggest that if functional diversities are pooled by way of cross- functional integration most task related conflicts can be resolved. This result is similar to the findings in previous research, for example, that integrated product development is based on the premise that organizations will be more efficient if they bring together a diverse set of experts to solve complex problems (Cagan & Vogel 2002). This is consistent with findings in the study by Bassett-Jones (2005) who claims that diversity can contribute to more effective decision-making

Page 142: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

140

and problem solving capability, by providing a diverse range of perspectives, a broader spectrum of expertise, and more robust critical evaluation. Additionally, Valle & Avella (2003) indicate that a high level of participation by people with different functions, for instance R&D, engineering and design, manufacturing, finance, marketing, suppliers and customers in the new product development team will significantly impact on new product development performance, in particular reducing development time and cost as well as increasing product quality.

The results suggest that cross-functional teams come from heterogeneous backgrounds and their diversity can be beneficial as well as harmful to team performance. The results are similar to the findings of previous research, for example, that conflicts within teams, caused by the diversity of team members, can have both beneficial and harmful effects on team performance (Horwitz & Horwitz, 2007). Working in diverse teams, it need hardly be said, can be challenging. Although more perspectives may be beneficial, the nature of diversity in these teams makes it difficult for team members to communicate, coordinate their work and perform (Cagan & Vogel 2002).The relationship is consistent with past research conclusions, that functional diversity can improve a team’s ability to communicate and coordinate with external parts of the organization on which it depends (Ancona & Caldwell 1989, Pfeffer 1986). The same diversity has been shown to increase conflict, reduce cohesion, complicate internal communication and hamper coordination within the team (Dougherty 1987, Kiesler 1978, Shaw 1971, O’Reilly & Flatt 1989, Wagner et al. 1984).

Cross-functional conflicts

The results suggests that the cross-functional conflicts leads to new product failure, however the emerging issues such as distribution, delay in launching, forecast accuracy, price and erratic supply generated task related conflicts, which are beneficial and could be resolved if there is cross-functional team. The results are similar to the findings of previous research, for example, task conflict can, under certain circumstances, be beneficial to team effectiveness (e.g. Amason 1996, De Dreu & Van De Vliert 1997, Jehn 1995, Simons & Peterson 2000). This study is consistent with the results of Simons & Peterson (2000) a number of researchers have found that task conflict can lead to increased satisfaction with the group decision and a desire of members to stay in the group and also have shown a cross relationship between the two forms of conflict.

Page 143: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

141

In this study results suggests another emerging issue such as delegation of authority, which arose relationship conflicts with one chief officer in the manufacturing department because of his strong negative emotions, misperceptions, poor communication, repeated negative behaviours and failure to delegate and empower, which are dysfunctional and contributed to the products’ failure even if there is cross-functional team. This is similar to the findings of past researchers, for example that the members of teams interpret critical attitudes directed at others or hostile opinions from their counterparts in the form of personal attacks, i.e. relationship conflicts (Desivilya et al. 2010). This study is consistent with the results of Massey & Kyriazis (2006) that senior managers should encourage collaborative features of communication such as bidirectionality i.e. two way communication.

7.2.2 Conflict management and CFC

The results suggest that all conflicts are not bad: some are functional and some are dysfunctional. The point is how the conflicts are resolved. This is similar to previous findings that conflicts also may have a positive influence on NPD team performance (Martinez-Moreno et al. 2009). The existence of conflict is not the sole issue; the way conflict is managed is also important (Thomas 1992). The results of the present study also suggest that one leader (a chief officer) was using the avoidance of conflict management to resolve relationship conflicts. This is similar to the finding in previous studies that avoiding conflict management was found to be negatively related to information sharing and new product success (Song et al. 2000, Xie et al. 1998). Furthermore, when leaders use an avoiding style of conflict management, cross-functional integration will decline (Song et al. 2000). An avoiding style of conflict management has already been found destructive and negatively related to new product success (Skogstad et al. 2007, Xie et al. 1998).

7.2.3 Functional resources and CFC

The results suggest that cross-functional integration between such functions as sales, marketing, product development, manufacturing, human resources and finance is needed for NPL and each depends on other people’s expertise and resources to complete the NPL tasks. People differ more in their roles and responsibilities in NPL when resources are deficient. The emerging issues arose under the domain of marketing resources are quality & brand equity, IMC and strategic partners. This is similar to a previous finding that the major cause of conflict is lack of resources,

Page 144: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

142

which leads to competition for scarce ones (Hoteop et al. 2010). Moreover in the food industry insufficient resources are often cited as a cause of failure. (Fordham 1993, Hollingsworth 1994, 1995, 1996). Competition for limited resources such as time, money, space, materials, supplies and equipment, all valuable resources will inevitably lead to task conflict (Rau-Foster M 2000).

The present research has shown that resources played an essential role in new product launch in a food company. The past researchers acknowledge the importance of RBV and explain that a firm’s sustainable competitive advantage is reached by virtue of unique resources that are rare, valuable, inimitable, non-tradable, and non-substitutable, as well as firm-specific (Barney 1999 cited by Finney et al. 2004 p.1722, Makadok 2001 p. 94). The VIRO framework is a good tool for describing and examining the internal environment of a firm in the food industry with reference to a resource or capability and to determine its competitive potential. This recalls previous research that describes the VRIO framework as a good tool for examining the internal environment of a firm. (Barney & Hesterly 2006).

7.3 Managerial implications

In addition to the theoretical contributions described in the preceding section, the researcher will approach this section from the practitioners’ viewpoint. The discussions are carried out under the broad heading of conflict enablers and CFC attributes of each element.

7.3.1 Implications of conflict enablers

In this section the managerial implications are addressed for functional diversity, followed by functional resources.

Implications of functional diversity

The study in hand shows a lack of cross-functional team involvement in new product development or launches; in fact it is quite dysfunctional. Cross-functional team diversity in knowledge, social terms and values could improve effective communication and co-operation and ensure better new product performance, but at the same time such diversity could increase conflict and hamper the cohesiveness of the team members. The present scenario of having no cross-functional team was affecting the launch of new products, as the study suggested. According to the respondents of the present study, most of the conflicts could be addressed and

Page 145: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

143

solved, given a cross-functional team, instead of staff in different silos. According to the top management, having a cross-functional team for NPD is not recommended due to the confidentiality of information, but they do agree to have a CFT at the NPL stage. They may be sure that it is not optional, but imperative to create a cross- functional team for new product launches for food industry.

For both tasks as well as relationship conflicts, communication is an important ingredient in new product launches. Poor communication and coordination is a key issue that the present study has discovered with regard to NPL within departments and between them. The situation was worst in one department where information was deliberately blocked. Delays in production, product shortages, machine capacity issues, non-compatible machines, substandard products, plant shut-downs and launch plans were not properly communicated to the middle managers and moreover changes in the launch dates were not communicated to the customers, which created a bad image of the company. In the respondents’ view, most of the communication and coordination issues could be sorted out, if a CFT were involved.

Delegation, empowerment and authority were lacking in a few top managers as well as some senior managers. These managers loved to wield centralized control over day to day operations and do not trust their staff – they were not in favor of teamwork in any case. The situation was worse in the manufacturing department

of the firm studied, due to behavioral issues with one of the top managers; hence relationship conflict there was very high. It is recommended to either bar these managers from day to day operational issues or offer them a golden handshake (well-paid retirement), as they are above 65 years of age. Second, the study in hand could clearly spell out and clearly specify the rules and procedures at the authority level for new product launches and such formalization could reduce the confusion and help to coordinate effort and facilitate greater delegation and empowerment,

which would empower the CFT to resolve conflict in NPLs. In sum, the extent of generalizability of the present findings on functionally

diversified teams should be examined in other food industry of not only Saudi Arabia, but also other countries. Previous studies have illustrated that taking into account the role of other team-related variables and other sources of diversity carry significant implications for team-identity processes and for team outcomes (Ayoko et al. 2002, Gundlach et al. 2006, Horwitz & Horwitz 2007, Mohamemed & Angell 2004).

Page 146: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

144

7.3.2 Implication of resources

This section discusses the implications of marketing resources (market research, ATL, BTL, IMC and quality and brand equity), as well as human and technical ones.

The present study found that the firm in focus lacked proper market research, mainly depending on Tetra Pak and also other research institutions, such as Data Monitor, A.C Neilson and IMES. The interviewed respondents believed that if a

line extension were being launched, i.e. simply adding a new flavor to the existing line, it was enough to depend on a third party for research information, but if a brand extension or separate line with different pack size or case configurations was in question, it was preferable to conduct its own research (with a separate R&D team). Lack of research was, for example, cited as one of the main reasons for the failure of such brand extensions as P1 and P2. Very restricted test sampling was currently being carried out. It is recommended to expand the test sampling to a larger target audience, for example if product P4, a children’s product, were being tested then then the test sampling could be carried out in schools from major cities.

This would expand the horizon of perceptions by the target audience. All the ATL activities of the present study were outsourced to CL (the advertising

agent). Very limited ATL activities were being carried out regarding new products and most of them were confined to existing products; no ATL and BTL activities were undertaken for new products in the export market – this has been ignored. BTL activities in hypermarkets are very important because hypermarkets have become the essential retailing channel to market new products. To carry out BTL activities in hypermarkets is very costly, but it is vital for new product acceptance and subsequent success. In the present study the BTL activities are very thin compared to those of the company’s competitors. The researcher noticed that the firm in the present study was neither market driven, nor sales nor distribution driven; instead it was production driven, on the basis that supply drives demand. It is recommended that this company should be market driven and should develop a strategic integrated marketing division under a dynamic leader. The division could be responsible for all the ATL and BTL activities and be a sheet anchor in new product launches. Spending on new products for ATL and BTL will need to be increased.

The company in the case study in hand lacked proper IMC and instead operated and allocated its marketing resources to workers in different silos. It has been noted that the company was very poor in communicating details about new products to the market. In order to link all the marketing resources together, such as advertising, sales promotion, public relations, direct marketing, personal selling,

Page 147: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

145

online communication and social media, it is essential to have proper IMC installed under an integrated marketing division.

The company being studied lacked dedicated staff to work on new products a lack with worst results in the two brand extensions, P1 and P2. It is recommended to have dedicated staff and separate vans to distribute new products. The staff should be given adequate training in handling the NP, mainly brand extensions. Generally field tests or test runs of a new line, innovative form of packaging or brand extension are carried out by Tetra Pak at the cost of the company, which delays the product launching. It is recommended that Tetra Pak should conduct its field tests at its own cost, without disturbing or delaying the new product launch.

In sum, the extent of generalizability of the present findings should be examined in other FMCG companies in the food industry of not only Saudi Arabia, but also in other countries and more in functional resources. Previous studies have illustrated that the role of resources such as marketing, technical, human, IMC and strategic partners should be taken into account. Resources carry significant implications for CFC in NPL (Siemsen 2008, Terwiesch & Xu 2008, Chao et al. 2009, Mihm et al. 2010, Mihm 2010, Erat & Krishnan 2010).

7.3.3 Implications of CFC

In this section, the researcher discusses the attributes under CFC based on task and relationship conflicts. It was found that task conflicts are as common in the company central to the present thesis as in any other organization, while relationship conflict is very high in the manufacturing department.

New product launches for brand extensions were affected most, due to the way that the new products were distributed, that is, the company in question had no dedicated vans for brand extensions such as P1 and P2. It is recommended that brand extensions (NP) must always and only be distributed by dedicated staff in separate vans and these staff should be given special incentives to push these products, which could result in greater success than before.

Brand extensions such as P1 and P2 do not have the facility of being produced in multiple pack sizes and case configurations. It was recommended that the machinery should be flexible enough to produce multiple pack sizes and case configurations to allow a multiple pricing structure, so that the product could be marketed so as to appeal to different categories of customer. Such strategies would help the company to achieve new product success.

Page 148: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

146

The erratic supply of new products was quite common and was badly affecting the launch of new products. The erratic supply of finished goods was due to shortages of raw and packaging materials. This is a short term issue due to small orders, at a time when the outcome of the new product was uncertain and moreover was a kind of task conflict, which had no marked impact on the new products. However the shortages of finished goods due to production issues such as planning and capacity issues were huge, while deliberate stoppage, a relational conflict, affected the whole performance of a new product. It was recommended to re-deploy the material handling, planning and warehousing sections at present in the manufacturing department, which was one way to improve the erratic supply.

In the present study the company organized a weekly learning open forum which was attended usually by the executive, senior and middle managers. On 4th April 2013 the researcher was the facilitator, who addressed the topic of “cross-functional conflicts and how to resolve such conflicts”. In this forum all the respondents commented that the task conflict is healthy and it is common in an organization, but the relationship conflict is unhealthy and it affects the performance of the company. The participants unanimously agreed that the company is having relationship conflicts with few executive members, which was affecting the company performance. Finally most of these conflicts could be resolved if the company create a CFT for new product launch

In sum, the extent of generalizability of the present findings should be examined in other food industry of FMCG companies not only in Saudi Arabia, but also in other countries and more in cross-functional team. Previous studies have illustrated that taking into account the role of cross-functional team carries significant implications for cross-functional conflicts such as task and relationship related conflicts in NPL (Aarts 2013, De Dreu 2006, de Wit et al. 2011, Farh et al. 2010, Rispens 2011, Shah 2010)

7.3.4 Implication of NPL

Since the company in the present case study did not follow the proper or standard process for NPL, this dissertation will try to provide meaningful tools for managers planning NPL not only in this company, but also other food companies in particular in Saudi Arabia and other GCC countries. For NP to be a success, adequate resources or the allocation of all available resources are very important and it is also of the utmost importance to identify the cross-functional conflicts and resolve them before they become detrimental to the NP and then to the organization, with particular

Page 149: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

147

reference to relationship conflicts. “New products fail” due to internal conflict which should not be entertained’ they kill the product before it reaches the market. When the representatives of the two competitors were interviewed they both commented that their companies followed a robust new product launch process. Following a robust new product launch process will help the management of the organization to identify the conflicts at each stage gate and could be a good tool for the management to resolve such conflicts on time without getting it out of control.

In sum, the extent of generalizability of the present findings should be examined in other food industry of FMCG companies not only in Saudi Arabia, but also in other countries and more in new product launch process. Previous studies have illustrated that taking into account the role of NPL process, which carry significant implication for new product process (Booz, Allen, & Hamilton 1982, Wheelwright & Clark k1992, Cooper et al. 2004)

7.4 Reliability and validity of the research

To ensure the quality of a case study, Yin (2003), proposes that, instead of using conventional validity and reliability notions, four design tests should be used, concerning construct validity, internal validity, external validity and reliability. Myers (2009) proposes an even more detailed list for evaluating a research case in business management. For the present research, the “general guidelines of Myers (2009) for evaluating a research case in business” were used. When evaluating a case study, its first criterion is that it should be interesting (Myers 2009 p. 83). The JEM4A Company as a research context is interesting, in that the company is expected to grow not only in Saudi Arabia but also in the MENA region and the company is on expansion mode, either by building additional factories or by accruing other companies in the GCC countries.

As a second evaluation criterion, the direct quotations from the interview respondents (chain of evidence) were used to bring the case to life with sufficient evidence. For the third evaluation criterion, the case study should be complete and, to this end, the researcher used information from strategic partners and competitors to complete this research, this evidence and the other opinions from the fieldwork have been both consistent and divergent. The fourth evaluation criterion is that the thesis should contain evidence which did not support the theory proposed (see Figure 4). This thesis contains such evidence, which caused the preliminary model to be revised to reflect the additional findings (see Figure 9).

Page 150: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

148

The fifth criterion includes the researcher’s deep involvement in the case study and his understanding of the research context and its internal meaning. Moreover the researcher had working in the company where the case study took place for the last 23 years, taking various challenging and interesting roles and responsibilities in it; he is expected to continue doing so until he leaves it. The last evaluation criterion is that the research should contribute to scientific knowledge, which was discussed in the theoretical implications of the findings.

Data triangulation was carried in this research by using multiple sources of data such as interviews, emails, and documents as research sources. The researcher was not able to use several different research projects to fulfill the criterion of investigator triangulation. Still, several evaluations were made during the research process. The results of the ‘within-case analysis” was sent to seven managers who were involved in NPL. These managers had the opportunity to read and give comments, so that the researcher’s interpretation of the empirical data was able to be corrected before developing the cross-case analysis of this research process. To perform methodological triangulation the researcher needed resources. To fulfill the criteria of theory triangulation, the researcher used several theories and viewpoints and built up the preliminary conceptual framework (see Figure 8), which was used when analyzing the empirical data.

7.5 Limitations of the research

Since this research was mainly based on qualitative interviews, there is a possibility that the additional quantitative measurements (figures) have not been incorporated in the interviews, which could play an important role in NPD for the food industry. A common argument regarding the case study method is that generalization of its results is limited (Yin 2003). In general, generalizability refers to the degree to which the original data are representative of a larger population (Denzin & Lincoln 2000 p.786). The selection of the single case study design naturally brings up many limitations as far as the generalizability of the results of the study is concerned. In the present study, the researcher created an a priori model (see Figure 8) based on existing theories and used this model as a guideline for developing the themes of the research interviews (see Appendix 2-4) and also for completing the empirical data coding in the analysis phase. The model was revised according to the findings of the research (see Figure 9). The revised model is not generalizable beyond the present study and not to other industries (FMCG or non FMCG) or other countries.

Page 151: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

149

The CFC of NPL for the food industry was researched on the basis of a single case. This research was geographically and culturally perceived in food industry of Saudi Arabia more importantly in the JNSD sector. The findings of the present study cannot be generalized to other industries or other countries owing to cultural and structural differences. The selection of a single case study design was analyzed at the individual subunit level, as normal, and did not return to global issues. The present study focused only on failed products (small units of analysis) and researcher did not consider other products, including successful SKUs. The results of the present study cannot be generalized to other products.

As guidelines of the study and to ensure plausibility, the researcher used several empirical data sources. Interviewing the top 20 store managers of the hypermarkets would have helped to improve the quality of the data and thus increased the plausibility of this research. However this required additional time and resources, because the hypermarkets are scattered across many cities in Saudi Arabia

7.6 Recommendation for future research

This qualitative study explored conflict enablers, CFC, on new product launches in the context of the FMCG aspect of the food industry. The sample was a single case study in Saudi Arabia with multiple units of analysis. Given the discussions in this research, several suggestions for future research on this and related topics can be made.

A multiple case study design would have enabled the researcher to test the conceptual framework of the study further. Multiple case studies in the same industry or other, nonfood, industries represent a valuable stream of study to pursue. The study can be generalized by analyzing other products, including successful products, instead of limiting the analysis to failed ones. In the present study, the researcher failed to study or analyze the top management support when relationship conflict arises, which could be considered a topic for future research.

To increase the plausibility of the present study, it is recommended that the managers of the top 20 hypermarket stores should be interviewed. They play an intermediary role between manufacturers and consumers. These interviews could supply information about the competitors’ NPL and their marketing strategies, which could be used as a bench mark of the marketing strategies for NPL n the present study.

More focused research could be carried out to explore the individual elements of new product launches under conflict enablers and CFC, affecting new product launches at product level and firm level including the culture differences which was not mentioned by the respondents. Moreover, the use of Web-based surveys

Page 152: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

150

can be used for data collection. Hence, the study should also be replicated by this alternative data collection method so that the findings could reveal different views with a larger target audience. The sample case selected from Saudi Arabian market should be replicated in different geographical settings, other GCC countries, at least. Such studies could confirm or contradict the findings of the present study. Confirmation would lead to the conclusion that these findings were universally applicable while contradictions would lead to the conclusion that these findings pertain only to Saudi Arabian markets.

7.7 Concluding words

In this research, the cross-functional conflicts in NPLin food industry have been studied. In spite of product failures, the companies continues to launch new products, as they need to survive and hence to compete in a competitive world and, more importantly, the companies need to cater for customers’ ever changing needs and wants.

In the present study, the researcher found that ‘people diversities’ are not pooled; instead the cross-functional departments work in different silos, but that conflicts can be addressed and resolved, if there is cross-functional team involvement in NPL. Often the resources in the food industries lack mainly the marketing and technical resources. Lack of resources is one of the main contributors to conflicts in new product launches.

Two aspects that came up in the present study while collecting empirical data were 1) the importance of the two main long standing suppliers as strategic partners and their involvement in new product launches; and 2) The two competitors’ interview information, which helped the researcher to validate the information received from the staff of the central company, mainly with regard to the ATL, BTL, IMC activities and also the NPL process.

This research will be useful for workers in the food industry in Saudi Arabia when it comes to new product launches and will help to minimize and resolve the cross-functional conflicts for NPL in the food industry. Moreover, this thesis will be a very useful item of NP literature for the company in question. The author believes that this research will draw other researchers’ attention to this appealing area of research, not only in the food industry, but also in other industries and other countries.

Page 153: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

151

References

Aarts, J. 2013. How can functional diversity and intragroup conflict influence team effectiveness and creativity in NPD teams? Innovation management. Netherlands, Eindhoven University of Technology.

Akindipe, I. 2007. The impact of product innovation on sales volume of consumer goods. Sweden, Blekinge Institute of Technology, 18p.

Alasuutari, P. 1995. Researching culture: qualitative method and cultural studies. London, Sage Publications.

Alpen Capital 2011. GCC Food industry. Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Amason, A.C. 1996. Distinguishing the effects of functional and dysfunctional conflict on

strategic decision making, resolving a paradox for top management groups. Academy of Management Journal, 39(1), pp. 23–148.

Amason, A.C., Mooney, A.C. 1999. The effects of past performance on top management team conflict in strategic decision making. International Journal of Conflict Management, 10(4), pp. 340-359.

Amason, A.C., Schweiger, D. 1997. The effect of conflict on strategic decision making effectiveness and organizational performance. In De Dreu, C. K. W., Van de Vliert E. (eds.), Using conflict in organizations, pp. 101–115. London, Sage Publications.

Anh,Thi, N., Alena, R. 2013. Communication in cross-functional new product development teams. A case study of a new product development project in Sandvik. Mälardalen University, Sweden, School of sustainable development of society and technology.

Amit, R., Schoemaker, P.J.H. 1993. Strategic assets and organizational rent. Strategic Management Journal, 14(1), pp. 33–46.

Ancona, D.G., Caldwell, D.F. 1989. Demography and design, predictors of new product t eam performance. M.I.T. Working paper, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, MA, USA, pp. 3078–3089.

Ancona, D.G., Caldwell, D.F. 1992. Demography and design. Predictors of new product team performance. Organization Science, 3(3), pp. 321–341.

Andreson, R. 1996. Personal selling and sales management in the new millennium. Journal of Personal Selling and Sales Management, 16(4), Fall, pp. 17-32.

Anon. 2007. Market study results released, new product introduction success, failure rates analyzed. New York, Frozen Food Digest, Inc.

Page 154: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

152

Aquino, N.R. 1990. Success secrets. Business and Economic Review, 36(4), pp. 20–23. Arksey, H., Knight, P. 1999. Interviewing for social scientists. London, UK, Sage

Publications. Ayoko, O.B., Härtel, C.E.J., Callan, V.J. 2002. Resolving the puzzle of productive and

destructive conflict in culturally heterogeneous work groups: A communication accommodation theory approach. International Journal of Conflict Management, 13(2), pp. 165 – 195.

Baird, Forrest, E., Kaufmann, W. 2008. From Plato to Derrida. Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, Pearson Prentice Hall, 6p.

Bantel, K.A. 1993. Top team, environment and performance effects on strategic planning formality. Group and Organization Management, 18(4), pp. 436–458.

Bantel, K.A., Jackson, S.E. 1989. Top management and innovations in banking: Does the composition of the top team make a difference? Strategic Management Journal, 10(9), pp. 10–24.

Barney, J.B. 1991. Firm resources and s ustained competitive Advantage. Journal of Management, 17(1), pp. 99–120.

Barney, J.B. 1999. How a firm’s capabilities affect boundary decisions. Sloan Management Review, 40(3), pp. 137–145.

Barney, J.B. 2001. Is the resource-based ‘view’ a useful perspective for strategic management research? Yes. Academy of Management Review, 26(1), pp. 41-56.

Barney, J.B., Wright, P.M., Ketchen, D.J.J. 2001. The resource-based view of the firm, Ten years after 1991. Journal of Management 27(6), pp. 625–641.

Barney, J.B., Hesterly, W. 2006. Strategic management and competitive advantage: Concepts and cases. Upper Saddle River, NJ, Prentice Hall.

Barney, J.B., Hesterly, W.S. 2010. VRIO framework. In J.B.Barney, W.S. Hesterly, (eds.) Strategic Management and Competitive Advantage, NJ, Pearson, pp. 68–86.

Baron, R.A. 1991. Positive effects of conflict. Employee responsibilities and rights Journal, 4(1), pp. 25–36.

Bassett-Jones, N. 2005. The paradox of diversity management, creativity and innovation. Creativity and Innovation Management, 14(2), pp. 169–175.

Belbin, R.M. 2004. Management teams, why they succeed and fail. Oxford, Elsevier Butterworth-Heinemann.

Berg, B.L. 2001. Qualitative research methods for the social sciences (4th ed.). Boston, Allyn and Bacon.

Bergmann, Walter. 1997. Market research: gathering information about Commercial Products and Services. Washington, USA Department of Defense.

Bezrukova, K., Jehn, K., Zanutto, E., Thatcher, S.M.B. 2009. Do workgroup fault lines help or hurt? A moderated model of fault lines, team identification, and group performance. Organization Science, 20(1), pp. 35–50.

Bharadwaj, S.G., Menon, A. 1993. Determinants of success in service industries: A PIMS- based empirical investigation, Journal of Services Marketing, 7(4), pp. 19–40.

Blundell, R., Griffith, R., Reenen, J. 1999. Market share, market value and innovation in a panel of British manufacturing firms. Review of Economic Studies, 66(3), pp. 529–554.

Page 155: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

153

Bobrow, E.E. 1997. The complete idiot’s guide to new product development. New York,

Macmillan. Bouge, J., O’ Farrell, R. 2012. Ideas are key to success in new food product development.

Ireland, department of food business and development at UCC. Booz, Allen Hamilton 1982. New product management for the 1980s. NY, Booz, Allen &

Hamilton. Boulding, W., Christen, M. 2003. Sustainable pioneering advantages? Profit implications of

the market entry order, Marketing Science, 12(3), pp. 371–392. Bourgeois, L.J. 1985. Strategic goals, perceived uncertainty, and economic performance in

volatile environments. Acad. Management Journal, 28(3), pp. 548–573. Bowersox, D.J., Closs, D.J., Stank, T.P. 1999. 21st century logistics: Making supply chain

integration a reality. Oak Brook, IL, Council of Logistics Management. Brewer, M.1996. Managing diversity: The role of social identity. In Jackson, S., Ruderman

M. (eds.), Diversity in work teams: research paradigms for a changing workplace. Washington, DC, American Psychological Association, pp. 47-68.

Brown, L.D. 1983. Managing conflict at organizational interfaces. Reading, MA. Addison- Wesley Publishing Company.

Brushoff, K. 1999. Produktpolitik (4th ed.). Stuttgart, Lucicus and Lucicus. Bunderson, J.S., Sutcliffe, K.M. 2002. Comparing alternative conceptualizations of

functional diversity in management teams: Process and performance effects. Academy of Management Journal, 45(5), pp. 875-893.

Burke, R.J. 1969. Methods of resolving interpersonal conflict. Personnel Administration, 32(July- August), pp. 48–55.

Bush, A.J., Grant, E.S. 1994. Analyzing the content of marketing journals to assess trends in sales force research: 1980-1992. Journal of Personal Selling & Sales Management, 14(3), pp. 57–68.

Cagan, J., Vogel, C.M. 2002. Creating breakthrough products: Innovation from product planning to program approval. Upper Saddle River, NJ, Prentice Hall.

Capon, N., Farley, J.U., Hoeing, S. 1990. Determinants of financial performance: a meta- analysis. Management Science, 36(10), pp. 1143–1159.

Capron, L., Hulland, J. 1999. Redeployment of brands, sales forces, and general marketing management expertise following horizontal acquisitions: A resource-based view. Journal of Marketing, 63(2), pp. 41–54.

Carbonell, P., Rodriguez, A.I. 2006. The impact of market characteristics and innovation speed on perceptions of positional advantage and new product performance. International Journal of Research in Marketing, 23(1), pp. 1–12.

Cedergren, S. 2011. Performance in product development – The case of complex products. Mälardalen University, school of innovation, Design and engineering. Västerås, Mälardalen University Press Dissertations.

Page 156: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

154

Chaney, P.K., Devine, T.M. 1992. New product innovations and stock price performance.

Journal of Business, Finance and Accounting, 19(5), pp. 677–695. Chao, R.O., Kavadias, S., Gaimon, C. 2009. Revenue driven resource allocation, Funding

Authority, incentives and NPD portfolio management. Management Science, 55(9), pp. 1556–569.

Chiberg, J.C., Jensen A.D. 1991. Small group communication: theory and application. Belmont, Wadsworth Publishing.

Chou, S.Y., Chen, D. 2012. Marketers make every effort effectively supervising innovative product projects. Journal of Business Management, 6(24), pp. 7242–7251.

Christensen, C.M., Overdorf, M. 2000. Meeting the challenge of disruptive change. Harvard Business Review, 78(2), pp. 66–76.

Clark, K.B., Fujimoto, T. 1990. The power of product integrity. Harvard Business Review, 68(6), pp. 107–118.

Coffey, A., Atkinson, P. 1996. Making sense of qualitative data. Thousand Oaks, CA, USA, Sage Publications, pp. 45–46.

Cohen, W.M., Levinthal, D.A. 1990. Absorptive capacity: a new perspective on learning and innovation. Administrative Science Quarterly, 35(1), pp. 128–152.

Conner, K.R. 1991. A historical comparison of the resource-based view and five schools of thought within industrial organization economics: Do we have a new theory of the firm? Journal of Management, 17(1), pp. 121–154.

Conner, K.R., Prahalad, C.K. 1996. A Resources-based theory of the firm: knowledge versus opportunism. Organization Science, 7(5), pp. 477–501.

Cooper, R.G. 1988. The new product process: a decision guide for management. Journal of Marketing Management, 3(3), pp. 238–253.

Cooper, R.G. 2001. Winning at new products, accelerating the process from idea to launch (3rd ed.). NY, Perseus Books Group.

Cooper, R.G., Kleinschmidt, E.J. 1987. New products: what separates winners from losers? Journal of Product Innovation Management, 4(3), pp. 169–184.

Cooper, R.G., Kleinschmidt, E.J. 1995. Benchmarking the firm’s critical success factors in new product development. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 12(5), pp. 374–391.

Cooper, R.G., Kleinschmidt, E.J. 1996. Winning businesses in product development: critical success factors. Research Technology Management, 39(4), pp. 18–29.

Cooper, R.G., Edgett, S.J., Kleinschmidt, E.J. 2004. Benchmarking best NPD practices I. Research Technology Management, 47(3), pp. 50–59.

Cooper, R.G., Kleinschmidt, E.J. 2007. Winning business in project development: the critical success factors. Toronto, research technology management, Product development institute.

Craig, A., Hart, S. 1992. Where to now in new product development research? European Journal of Marketing, 26(11), pp. 1–49.

Crawford, M. 1987. New Product Management. Chicago, Irwin.

Page 157: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

155

Crawford, C.M. 1992. The hidden cost of accelerated product development. Journal of

Product Innovation Management 9(3), pp. 188–199. Crawford, M. 1994. New product management, (4th ed.). Burr Ridge, IL, Irwin Co. Crawford, C.M. 1997. Marketing research and the new product failure rate. Journal of

Marketing, 41(4), pp. 51–61. Creswell, J.W. 2003. Research design. Qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods approach

(2nd ed.). Lincoln, Nebraska, Sage Publications. Cronin, M.A., Weingarten, L.R. 2007. Representational gaps, information processing, and

conflict in functionally diverse teams. Academy of Management Review, 32(3), pp. 761–774.

Cross, E.Y., Katz, J.H., Miller, F.A., Seashore, E (eds.). 1994. The promise of diversity, over 40 voices discuss strategies for eliminating discrimination in organizations. Burr Ridge, IL, Irwin Co.

Crotty, M. 1998. The foundation of social research: meaning and perspectives in the research process. London, Sage Publications.

Cunningham, J.B. 1997. Case study principles for different types of cases. Quality and quantity, 31(4), pp. 401–423.

Daft, R. 1983. Organizational theory and design. New York, West. Daft, R. L., Lengel, R. H. 1984. Information richness: a new approach to managerial

behavior and organization design. In Cummings, L. L., Straw, B. M. (eds.) research in Organizational Behavior, Homewood, IL, JAI Press, 6, pp. 191–233.

Data Monitor 2011. Dairy and JNSD markets in Middle East and Africa to 2014. Day, G.S. 1994. The capabilities of market-driven organization, Journal of Marketing,

58(10), pp. 37–52. Dawes, P.L., Massey, G.R. 2005. Antecedents of conflict in marketing’s cross-functional

relationship with sales. European Journal of Marketing 39(11-12), pp. 1327–1344. D’Aveni, R.A. 1994. Hyper competition: managing the dynamics of strategic maneuvering.

NY, The Free Press. De Brentani, U., Kleinschmidt, E.J. 2004. Corporate culture and commitment: impact on

performance of international new product development programs. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 21(5), pp. 309–333.

De Dreu, C.K.W. 2006. When too little or too much hurts: evidence for a curvilinear relationship between task conflict and innovation in teams. Journal of Management, 32(1), pp. 83–107.

De Dreu, C., Bechtoldt, M.N., Nijstad, B.A. 2005. Team personality diversity, group creativity, and innovativeness in organizational teams: diversity and the creative capacity of organizations and teams, sustainable development in a diverse world. Position paper and research task 3.2. Amsterdam, University of Amsterdam, Department of Psychology

De Dreu, C.K.W., Van de Vliert, E. 1997. Using conflict in organizations. London, Sage Publications.

Page 158: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

156

De Dreu, C.K.W., Van Vianen, A.E.M. 2001. Managing relationship conflict and the

effectiveness of organizational teams. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 22(3), pp. 309–328.

De Dreu, C.K.W., Weingart, L.R. 2003. Task versus relationship conflict, team performance, and team member satisfaction: A meta-analysis. Journal of Applied Psychology, 88(4), pp. 741–749.

De Dreu, C.K.W., West, M. 2001. Minority dissent and team innovation: the importance of participation in decision-making. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86(6), pp. 1191–1201.

Del Canto, J.G., Gonzalez, I. S. 1999. A resource-based analysis of the factors determining a firm’s R&D activities. Research Policy, 28(8), pp. 891–905.

Denzin, N.K., Lincoln, Y.S. 1998. Strategies of qualitative inquiry. Thousand Oaks, CA, Sage Publications.

Desivilya, H.S., Somech, A., Lidgoster, L. 2010. Innovation and conflict management in work teams: the effects of team identification and task and relationship conflict. International Association for Conflict Management and Wiley Periodicals, 3(1), pp. 28–48.

Deutsch, C.H. 1990. Teamwork or tug of war? New York Times. Aug. 26 1990. De Wit, F. R., Greer, L.L., Jehn, K.A. 2012. The paradox of intragroup conflict: a meta-

analysis. Journal of Applied Psychology, 97(2), pp. 360-390. Dornblaser, L. 1997. Success at the top. New Product News, 33(4), 8p. Dougherty, D. 1992. Interpretative barriers to successful product innovation in large firms.

Organizational Science, 3(2), pp. 179–202. Dougherty, D. 1987. New products in old organizations: the myth of the better mousetrap

in search of the beaten path. Cambridge, MA, M.I.T., Sloan School of Management. Dougherty, D., Hardy, C. 1996. Sustained production innovation in large, mature

organizations: overcoming innovation-to-organization problems. Academy of Management Journal, 39(5), pp. 1120–1153.

D’Souza, G., Rao, R.C. 1995. Can repeating an advertisement more frequently than the competition affect brand preference in a mature market? Journal of Marketing, 59(4), pp. 32–42.

Dutta, O.N., Surendra, R. 1999. Success in high technology markets: Is marketing capability critical? Marketing Science, 18(4), pp. 547–68.

Dutta, S.M., Bergen, E.D.L., Mark, R., Mark J.Z. 2002. Pricing as a strategic capability. Sloan Management Review, 43(Spring), pp. 61–66.

Dyer, B.X.M., Song, S.M. 1997. The impact of strategy on conflict: A cross-national comparative study of U.S. and Japanese firms. Journal of International Business Studies, 28(3), pp. 467–493.

Earley, P.C., Mosakowski, E. 2000. Creating hybrid team cultures: an empirical test of transformational team functioning. The Academy of Management Journal, 43(1), pp. 26–49.

Earnest, G.W., McCaslin, N.L. 1994. Extension administrators approach to conflict management: a study of relationships between conflict management styles and personality type. Journal of Agricultural Education, 35(3), pp. 18–22.

Page 159: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

157

Edwin, J.N., Ruud, T.F. 1998. Marketing research companies and new product development

tools, Journal of Product and Brand Management, Finland, 7(4), pp. 305–318. Ehrenmann, S., Tekić, Z. 2011. Cultural diversity as a factor of product development

– case of Indo-German collaboration. Proceedings of the 15th international scientific conference on industrial systems-IS 2011, Beker, I., Igor. K., (eds.), Novi Sad,University of Novi Sad, Faculty of Technical Sciences, pp. 557–562.

Ehrenmann, S., Warschat, J. 2013. Diversity in the early phases of product development. International Journal of Industrial Engineering and Management, 4(1), pp.19–26.

Ehrlich, A., Gerick, P., Conca, K. 2000. Resources and environmental degradation as sources of conflict (Paper presented at 50th Pugwash conference on science and world affairs, Cambridge, http://www.studentpugwash.org/uk/WG5.pdf, (cited on the 13th June 2011).

Eisenhardt, K., Schoonhoven, C.B. 1996. Resource-based view of strategic alliance formation: strategic and social effects in entrepreneurial firms. Organization Science, 7(3), pp. 136–150.

Ellinger, A.E. 2000. Improving marketing/logistics cross-functional collaboration in the supply chain. Industrial Marketing Management, 29(1), pp. 85–96.

Ely, R.J. 1995. The role of dominant identity and experience in organizational work on diversity. In Jackson, S.E., Ruderman, M.N., (eds.), diversity in work teams. Washington DC, American Psychological Association

Erat, S., Krishnan. V. 2012. Managing delegated search over design spaces. Management S cience, 58(3), pp. 606-623.

Farh, J.L., Lee, C., Farh, C.I. 2010. Task conflict and team creativity: a question of how much and when. Journal of Applied Psychology, 95(6), pp. 1173–1180.

Fawcett, S.E., Magnan, G.M., Williams, A.J. 2004. Supply chain trust is within your grasp. Supply Chain Management Review, 8(2), pp. 20–26.

Fisher, R.J., Maltz, E., Jaworski, B.J. 1997. Enhancing communication between marketing and engineering, the moderating role of relative functional identification. Journal of Marketing, 61(3), pp. 54–70.

Flyvbjerg, B. 2001. Bringing power to planning research, one researcher’s praxis story. Journal of Planning Education and Research, 21(4), pp. 353–366.

Foil, C.M. 1994. Consensus, diversity, and learning in organization. Organization Science, 5(3), pp. 403–420.

Follet, M.P. (ed.) 1949. Freedom & co-ordination, lectures in business organization. London, Management Publications Trust Ltd.

Ford, R.C., Randolph, W.A. 1992. Cross-functional structures, a review and integration of matrix organization and project management, Journal of Management, 18(2) , pp. 267– 294.

Fordham, S. 1993. Keys to new product success, the manufacturing confectioner, (1), pp. 41–45.

Fritchie, R., Leary, M. 1998. Resolving conflicts in organizations. London, Lemos & Crane.

Page 160: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

158

Galbraith, J.R. 1977. Organizational design. Reading, MA, Addison-Wesley. Gebert, D. 2004. Diversity through greater team innovation. The Business, 64(4), pp. 412–

430. Gebert, D., Boerner, S., Kearney, E. 2006. Cross-functionality and innovation in new product

development teams, a dilemmatic structure and its consequences for the management of diversity. European Journal of Innovation Management, 15(4), pp. 431–458.

Gillham, B. 2000. Case study research methods. London, Continuum. Glaser, B., Strauss, A. 1967. The Discovery of grounded theory, Strategies of qualitative

research. London, Weidenfield and Nicholson. Goffin, K., New, C. 2001. Customer support and new product development: an exploratory

study. International Journal of Operations & Production Management, 21(3), pp. 275– 301.

Gorman, G., Clayton, P. 1997. Qualitative research for the information professional: a practical handbook. London, Library Association Publishing.

Gray, D.E. 2004. Principles and planning for research (2nd ed.). London, Sage Publications. Griffin, A., Hauser, J.R. 1996. Integrating R&D and marketing, a review and analysis of the

literature. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 13(3), pp. 91-215. Griffin, A., Hauser, J.R. 1992. Patterns of communication among marketing, engineering,

and manufacturing – a comparison between two new product teams. Management Science, 38(3), pp. 360–373.

Griffin, A., Page, A.L. 1996. PDMA success measurement project: recommended measures for product development success and failure. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 13(2), pp. 478-496.

Grönfors, M. 1982. Qualitative field research methods. Helsinki, Finland, WSOY. Gundlach, M., Zivnuska, S., Stoner, J. 2006. Understanding the relationship between

individualism-collectivism and team performance through an integration of social identity theory and the social relations model. Human Relations, 59(12), pp. 1603– 1632.

Gupta, A.K., Raj, S.P., Wilemon, D. 1986. A model for studying the R&D-marketing interface in the product innovation process. Journal of Marketing, 50(4), pp. 7–17.

Gupta, A.K., Wilemon, D., 1988. The credibility-cooperation connection at the R&D- marketing interface. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 5(1), pp. 20–31.

Hall, R. 1989. The management of intellectual assets: a new corporate perspective. Journal of General Management, 15(1), pp. 53–68.

Hambrick, D.C., Cho, T.S., Chen, M. 1996. The influence of top management team heterogeneity on firms’ competitive moves. Administrative Science Quarterly, 41(4), pp. 659–684.

Hammersley, M., Atkinson, P. 1995. Ethnography: principles in practice (2nd ed.). London, Routledge.

Page 161: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

159

Hart, S. 1993. Dimensions of success in new product development: an exploratory

investigation. Journal of Marketing Management, 9(1), pp. 23–41. Hirschman, C. 2001. Order in the hear. HR Magazine, 46(7), pp. 58–64. Hoban, T.J. 1998. Improving the success of new product development. Food Technology,

52(1), pp. 46–49. Holland, S., Gaston, K., Gomes, J. 2000. Critical success factors for cross-functional

teamwork in new product development. International Journal of Management Reviews, 2(3), pp. 231–259.

Hollingsworth, P. 1994. The perils of product development. Food Technology, 48(6), pp. 80–88.

Hollingsworth, P. 1995. Food research: cooperation is the key. Food Technology, 49(2), pp. 67–74.

Hollingsworth, P. 1996. Developing foods for the next millennium. Food Technology, 50(6), pp. 110–118.

Hoopes, D.G., Madsen, T.L., Walker, G. 2003. Why is there a resource-based view? Toward a theory of competitive heterogeneity. Strategic Management Journal, 24(10), pp. 889– 902.

Hopkins, C. 2007. Marketing vs. selling. Ezilon.com, (cited on the 26th Aug 2012). Horwitz, S.K., Horwitz, I.B. 2007. The effects of team diversity on team outcomes: a meta-

analytic review of team demography. Journal of Management, 33(6), pp. 987– 1015. Hoteop, O.M., Asokere, A.S.S., AbdulAzees, I.A., Ajemunigbohun, S.S.A. 2010. Empirical

study of the effect of conflict on organizational performance in Nigeria. Business and Economic Journal, V 2010 BEJ-15. Lagos, Nigeria. Lagos State University.

IMES Consulting Group 2010. Middle East non-alcoholic beverages. KSA. Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

Im, S., Nakata, C. 2008. Crafting an environment to foster integration in new product teams. International journal of research in marketing, 25(3), pp. 164–172.

IRI 1996. New Product Pacesetters 96. Chicago, Information Resources, Inc. Presented at Saint Joseph’s Chicago, University Executive Food Marketing Program.

Itami, H., Roehl, T. 1987. Mobilizing invisible assets. Cambridge, MA, Harvard University Press.

Jackson, S.K., May, K.E., Whitney, K. 1995. Understanding the dynamics of diversity in decision making teams. In Guzzo, R.A., Salas, E. (eds.), team effectiveness and decision making in organizations. San Francisco, CA, Jossey-Bass, pp. 204–261.

Jackson, S.E., Joshi, A. 2004. Diversity in social context: a multi-attribute, multilevel analysis of team diversity and sales performance. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25(6), pp. 675–702.

Jans, M. 2003. Diversity as a resource?, Results and findings of organizations demographic research. In staff as a resource, Albert M. (ed.), München, Mering, pp. 53–78.

Jassawalla, A.R., Sashittal, H. C.1999. Building collaborative cross-functional new product teams. The Academy of Management Executive, 13(3), pp. 50–63.

Page 162: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

160

Jehn, K.A., Northcraft, G.B., Neale, M.A. 1999. Why differences make a difference. A field

study of diversity, conflict, and performance in workgroups. Administrative Science Quarterly, 44(4), pp. 741–763.

Jehn, K. 1995. A multi method examination of the benefits and detriments of intragroup conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly, 40(2), pp. 256–282.

Jehn, K.A., Katerina, B. 2004. A field study of group diversity, workgroup context, and performance. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25(6), pp. 703–729.

Jehn, K., Mannix, E.A. 2001. The dynamic nature of conflict: A longitudinal study of intergroup conflict and group performance. Academy of Management Journal, 44(2), pp. 238–251.

Jensen, B., Harmsen, H. 2001. Implementation of success factors in new product development – the missing links? European Journal of Innovation Management, 4(1), pp. 37–52.

Johike, Mark, C., Dale, F., Duhan, Roy, Howell., D. Robert, W., Wilkes. 2000. An integrated model of sales manager’s communication practices. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 28(2), pp. 263–77.

Judd, S.K., Michael, Y.N. 2010. Behavioral conflicts and fairness in social network. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania.

Justesen, S. 2007. Navigation the paradoxes of diversity in innovation practice: a longitudinal study of six very different innovation processes - in practice. Copenhagen, Copenhagen Business School.

Kahn, K.B. 1996. Interdepartmental integration: a definition with implications for product development performance. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 13(2), pp. 137–151.

Kalpesh, K.D., Wayne, D.H. 1993. Line extensions: a categorization and an information processing perspective. In NA - Advances in consumer research Volume 20, McAlister, L., Rothschild, M- L., Provo, UT: Association of Consumer Research, pp. 599–606.

Kelli, A.G., Mayra, L., Wysocki, A., Keper, K. 2012. Diversity in the workplace: benefits, challenges, and the required managerial tools. Gainesville, FL, University of Florida.

Kezsbom, D.S. 1992. Re-opening pandora’s box: sources of project conflict in the ’90s. Industrial Engineering, 24(5), pp. 54–59.

Khan, K.B., Mentzer, J.T. 1998. Marketing’s integration with other departments. Journal of Business Research, 42(1), pp. 53–62.

Kiesler, S.B. 1978. Impersonal processes in groups and organizations. Arlington Heights, IL, AHM Publishing.

Kirk, J., Miller M.L. 1986. Reliability and validity in qualitative research. Beverly Hills, Sage Publications.

Kleinschmidt, E.J., Cooper, R.G. 1991. The impact of product innovativeness on performance. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 8(4), pp. 240–251.

Klein, H., Myers, M. 1999. A set of principles for conducting and evaluating interpretive field studies in information systems. MIS Quarterly, 23(1), pp. 67–94.

Klein, D.B., Stern, C. 2009. Groupthink in academia – majoritarian departmental politics and the professional pyramid. The Independent Review, 13(4), pp. 1086–1653.

Page 163: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

161

Knapp, P. 1994. One world many worlds: contemporary sociological theory (2nd ed.).

Harpercollins College Div, pp. 228–246. Online summary Isbn 978-0-06-501218-7. (cited on the 26th Aug 2013).

Ko, A.S.O. 2005. Organizational communications in Hong Kong: a cultural approach to groupthink. Corporate communications: an International Journal, 10(4), pp. 351–357.

Kotler, P., Keller, K.L. 2006. Marketing management. New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India. Kotler, P., Keller, K.L. 2007. Marketing management (12th ed.). New Delhi, Prentice Hall

of India. Kramer, R.M. 1989. The more the merrier? social psychological aspects of multi-party

negotiations in organizations. In Lewicki, R., Bazerman, M., Sheppard, B. (eds.), research on negotiations in organizations, 4, Greenwich, CT, JAI Press, 3, pp.307- 332.

Krueger, R.A. 1998. Analyzing and reporting focus group results. Thousand Oaks, CA, Sage. Krutulyte, R. 2010. Functional food acceptance in the food chain. Denmark, Department of

Marketing and Statistics, Aarhus School of Business. Kwahk. K.Y., Kim, Y.G. 1998. A cognitive model based approach for organizational

c onflict resolution. International Journal of Information Management, 18(6), pp. 443– 456.

Lado, A.A., Wilson, M.C. 1994. Human resource systems and sustained competitive advantage: a competency-based perspective. Academy of Management Review, 19(4), pp. 699–727.

Larson, E., Gray, C. 2011. Project management: the management process (international edition). Singapore, McGraw Hill Irwin.

Lau, D.C., Murnighan, J. K. 1998. Demographic diversity and fault lines: the compositional dynamics of organizational groups. Academy of Management Review, 23(2), pp. 325–340.

Lawrimore, E.W. 2011. The 5 key success factors: a powerful system for total business success, Charlotte, NC, USA Publication of Congress.

Ledwith, A., O’Dwyer, M. 2008. Product launch, product advantage and market orientation in SMEs. Journal of Small Business and Enterprise Development, 15(1), pp. 96–110.

Leenders, M.A.A.M., Wierenga, B. 2002. The effectiveness of different mechanisms for integrating marketing and R&D. The Journal of Product Innovation Management, 19(4), pp. 305–317.

Lincoln, Y.S., Guba, E. G. 1985. Naturalistic enquiry. Beverly Hills, CA, Sage Publications. Lockett, A., Thompson. S. 2001. The resource-based view and Economics. Strategic

Management Journal, 27(6), pp. 723–754. Loosemore, M. 2000. Construction crisis management. New York, American Society of

Civil Engineers. Lovelace, K., Shapiro, D.L., Weingart, L. R. 2001. Maximizing cross-functional new

product teams’ innovativeness and constraint adherence: a conflict communications perspective. Academy of Management Journal, 44(4), pp. 779–793.

Maidique, M.A., Zirger, B.J. 1984. A study of success and failure in product innovation: the case of the U.S electronics industry. IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management, 31(4), pp. 192–203.

Page 164: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

162

Madhok, A., Tallman, S.B. 1998. Resources, transactions and rents: managing value through

inter-firm collaborative relationships. Organization Science, 9(3), pp. 326–339. Makadok, R. 2001. Toward a synthesis of the resource-based view and dynamic-capability

views of rent creation. Strategic Management Journal, 22(5), pp. 387–401. Maltz, E., Kohli, A.K. 1996. Market intelligence dissemination a cross-functional boundaries.

Journal of Marketing Research, 33(2), pp. 47–61. Maltz, E., Souder, W.E., Kumar, A. 2001. Influencing R&D/marketing integration and the

use of market information by R&D managers: Intended and unintended effects of managerial actions. Journal of Business Research, 52(1), pp. 69–82.

Marshall, C., Rossman, G. 1999. Designing qualitative research. Thousand Oaks, CA, Sage Publications.

Massey, Kyriazis. K. 2006. Communication and conflict between marketing and R&D during new product development projects. Sydney, University of Technology and University of Wollongong.

Martinez-Moreno, E., Gonzalez-Navarro, P., Zornoza, A., Ripoll, P. 2009. Relationship, task and process conflicts on team performance: the moderating role of communication media. International Journal of Conflict Management, 20(3), pp. 251–268.

Marx, K. 1971. Preface to a contribution to the critique of political economy, Tr. S. W. Ryanzanskaya, M. Dobb (ed.). London, Lawrence & Wishart.

Mathews, R. 1997. Efficient new product introduction, July 1997. Supplement to Progressive Grocer, pp. 8 –12.

McDonough, Edward F. III. 2000. Investigation of factors contributing to the success of cross-functional teams. The Journal of Product Innovation Management, 17(3), pp. 221–235.

McGrath, M.E. 2000. Product strategy for high technology companies. New York, McGraw Hill.

McShane, S.L., Von Glinow, M. 2000. Organizational behavior. New York, McGraw-Hill. Merriam, S.B. 2001. Qualitative research and case study applications in education (2nd ed.).

San Francisco, Jossey-Bass. Merrills, R. 1989. Northern telecom competes on time, Harvard Business Review, 67(4),

pp. 108–114. Meyer, M.H., Roberts, E.B. 1986. New product strategy in small technology based firms: A

pilot study. Management science, 32(7), pp. 806–813. Mihm, J. 2010. Incentives in new product development projects and the role of target

costing. Management Science, 56(8), pp. 1324–1344. Mihm, J., Loch, C.H., Wilkinson, D., Huberman, B.A. 2010. Hierarchical structure and

search in complex organizations. Management Science, 56(5), pp. 831–848. Milliken, F., Martins, L. 1996. Searching for common threads: understanding the multiple

effects of diversity in organizational groups. Academy of Management Review, 21(2), pp. 402–433.

Min, S., Mentzer, J.T., Ladd, R.T. 2007. A market orientation in supply chain management. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 35(4), pp. 507–522.

Page 165: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

163

Miles, M.B., Huberman, A.M. 1994. Qualitative data analysis: an expanded sourcebook.

thousand Oaks, California, Sage Publications. Mishina, Y., Pollock, T.G., Porac, J.F. 2004. Are more resources always better for growth?

presented at the INFORMS Annual Meeting, San Jose, CA, November, 25(12), pp. 1179-1197.

Mitchell, D.H., Eckstein, D. 2009. Jury dynamics and decision-making; a prescription for groupthink. International Journal of Academic Research, 1(1), pp. 163–169.

Moberg, C.B., Speh, T.W., Freese, T. L. 2003. SCM: making the vision a reality. Supply Chain Management Review, 7(5), pp. 34–40.

Moenaert, R.K., DeMeyer, A., Souder, W.E., Deschoolmeester, D. 1992. Information styles of marketing and R&D personnel during technological product innovation projects. R&D Management, 22(1), pp. 12–39.

Mohammed, S., Angell, L.C. 2004. Surface-and deep-level diversity in workgroups: examining the moderating effects of team orientation and team process on relationship conflict. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25(8), pp. 1015–1039.

Moorman, Rebecca. Slotegraaf, J. 1999. The contingency value of complementary capabilities in product development. Journal of Marketing Research, 36(5), pp. 239–57.

Morrison, A.M. 1992. The new leaders, guidelines on leadership diversity in American. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass Management Series.

Morse, J.M., Richards, L. 2002. Readme first. Thousand Oaks, CA, Sage. Muffatto, M., Roveda, M. 2000. Developing product platforms, analysis of the development

process. Technovation, 20(11), pp. 617–630. Muroma, M. and Saari, H. 1996. Fit as a determinant of success. In Berács, J., Bauer, A. and

Simon, J.(eds.), marketing for an expanding Europe, proceedings of the 25th Annual conference of the European Marketing Academy, pp. 1959–63.

Myers, M. 2009. Qualitative research in business & management. London, Sage Publications, pp. 13–14.

Myers, M., Newman, M. 2007. The Qualitative interview in IS research: examining the craft. Information and Organization, 17(1), pp. 2–26.

Nelson, R., Winter, S. 1982. An evolutionary theory of economic change. Cambridge, MA, Belknap Press.

Nagarajan, G., Sheriff, K.J. 2013. Emerging challenges and prospects of FMCG product development in India. International Journal of Marketing. Financial services & Management research, 2(1), 43p.

Nakata, C., Im, S. 2010. Spurring cross-functional integration for higher new product performance, a group effectiveness perspective. Journal of product innovation management, 27(4), pp. 554-571.

Nevens, T.M., Summe, G.L., Uttal, B. 1990. Commercializing technology: What the best companies do. Harvard Business Review, 68(4), pp. 154–163.

Nicovich, S.G., Dibrell, C.C., Davis, P.S. 2007. Integration of value chain position and Porter’s (1980) competitive strategies into the market orientation conversation: An examination of upstream and downstream activities. Journal of Business and Economic Studies, 13(2), pp. 91–106.

Page 166: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

164

Nijssen, E.J., Frambach, R.T. 1998. Market research companies and new product

development tools. Journal of Product & Brand Management, 7(4), pp. 305–318. Nkomo, S.M. 1995. Identities and the complexity of diversity. In Jackson, S.E., Ruderman,

M.N., (eds.), Diversity in work teams. Washington DC, American Psychological Association.

Nonaka, I. 1991. The knowledge creating company. Harvard Business Review, 69(6), pp. 96-104.

Ofek, Elie., Mikkios, S. 2003. R&D, marketing, and the success of next- generation products. Marketing Science, 22(6), pp. 355–370.

Olson, E.M., Walker, O.C. Jnr., Ruekert, R.W. 1995. Organizing for effective new product development: the moderating role of product innovativeness. Journal of Marketing, 59(1), pp. 48–62.

Olson, E.M., Walker, O.C. Jnr., Ruekert, R.W. 2001. Patterns of cooperation during new product development among marketing, operations, and R&D: implications for project performance. The Journal of Product Innovation Management, 18(4), pp. 258–271.

O’Reilly, C.A., Flatt, S. 1989. Executive team demography, organizational innovation, and firm performance. Working paper. Berkeley, University of California.

O’Reilly, C.A., Williams, K.Y., Barsade, W. 1998. Group demography and innovation: does diversity help? In Gruenfeld, D. (ed.), Research on managing groups and teams, 1, St. Louis, MO, Elsevier, pp. 183–207.

Page, A.L. 1993. Assessing new product development practices and performance: establishing crucial norms, Journal of Product Innovation Management, 10(4), pp. 273–290.

Patton, M. 1990. Qualitative evaluation and research methods (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks. CA, Sage Publications.

Patton, M. 2002. Qualitative research and evaluation methods (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA, Sage Publications.

Paulus, P.B., Yang, H. 2000. Idea generation in groups: A basis for creativity in organizations. Organizational behavior and human decision processes, 82(1), pp. 76–87.

Pelled, L.H., Eisenhardt, K.M., Xin, K.R. 1999. Exploring the black box: analysis of work group diversity, conflict, and performance. Administrative Science Quarterly, 44(1), pp. 1–28.

Pelled, L.H., Adler, P.S. 1994. Antecedents of intergroup conflict in multifunctional product development teams: a conceptual model. IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management, 41(1), pp. 21-28.

Penrose, E. T. 1959. Profit sharing between producing countries and oil companies in the Middle East. The Economic Journal, 69(274), pp. 238–254.

Perry, C. 1998. Process of case study methodology for postgraduate research in marketing. European Journal of Marketing, 32(9/10), pp. 785–802.

Pettigrew, A. 1988. The management of strategic change. Oxford, UK, Basil Blackwell. Pfeffer, J. 1986. A resource dependence perspective on interoperate relations. In M.S.

Mizruchi and M. Schwartz (eds.), Structural analysis of business. NY, Academic Press, pp. 117–132.

Page 167: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

165

Phillips, E., Cheston, R. 1979. Conflict resolution: what works? California Management

Review, 21(4), pp. 76–83. Phillips, K.W., Mannix, E.A., Neale, M.A., Gruenfeld, D.H. 2004. Diverse groups and

information exchange: the effects of congruent ties. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40(4), pp. 497–510.

Pinto, J.K., Kharbanda, O.P. 1995. Project management and conflict resolution. Project Management Journal, 26(4), pp. 45–54.

Pinto, K.J., Mary, B., Jeffrey, K., Prescott, J.E. 1993. Antecedents and consequences of project team cross-functional cooperation. Management Science, 39(10), pp.1281– 1297.

Pondy, L.R. 1967. Organizational conflict: concepts and models. Administrative Science Quarterly, 12(2), pp. 296–320.

Porter, M.E. 1991. Towards a dynamic theory of strategy. Strategic Management Journal, 12(2), pp. 95–117.

Prahalad, C.K., Hamel, G. 1990. The core competence of the corporation. Harvard Business Review, 68(3), pp. 79–91.

Putnam, L.L. 1994. Productive conflict: negotiation as implicit co-ordination. International Journal of Conflict Management, 5(3), pp. 284–298.

Putnam, L.L., Poole, M.S. 1987. Conflict & negotiation. In Handbook of Organizational Communication, In F. M. Jablin, L.L. Putnam, K. H. Roberts, & W. L. Porter (eds.), Newbury Park, CA, Sage Publications, pp. 549–599.

Quinn, J.B. 1985. Managing innovation: controlled chaos. Harvard Business Review, 63(3), pp. 78–84.

Rahim, M.A. 1983. A measure of styles of handling Interpersonal Conflict. Academy of Management Journal, 26(2), pp. 368–376.

Rahim, M.A. 1992. Managing conflict in organizations (2nd ed). Westport, CT, Praeger Publishers.

Rahim, M. A. 2002. Toward a theory of managing organizational conflict. The international Journal of Conflict Management, 13(3), pp. 206–235.

Rahim, M.A., Baksh, M.S.N. 2003. Case study methods for new product development in engineer-to-order organizations. Work Study, 52(1), pp. 25–36.

Rau-Foster, M. 2000. Articles dealing with workplace issues. http://www.workplaceissues.com/arconflict.htm. (cited on the 13th June 2013)

Randall, Collins. 1974. Conflict sociology. NY, Academic Press. Randolph, W.A., Posner, B.Z. 1992. Getting the job done! managing project teams and task

forces for success. Englewood Cliffs, NJ, Prentice Hall. Remenyi D., Williams B. 1996. The nature of research: qualitative or quantitative,

narrative or paradigmatic? Information Systems Journal, 6(2), pp. 131–146. Richard, O.C., Barnett, T., Dwyer, S., Chadwick, K. 2004. Cultural diversity in management,

firm performance, and the moderating role of entrepreneurial orientation dimensions. Academy of Management Journal, 47(2), pp. 255−266.

Rispens, S. 2011. The influence of conflict issue importance on the co-occurrence of task and relationship conflict in teams. Applied Psychology, 61(3), pp. 349-367

Page 168: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

166

Robbins, S.P. 2000. Managing organizational conflict: a nontraditional approach (9th ed.).

Englewood Cliffs, NJ, Prentice Hall. Robbins, S.P. 2001. Organizational behavior: concepts, controversies and applications.

Englewood Cliffs, NJ, Prentice Hall. Robson, C. 2002. Real world research (2nd ed.). Oxford, UK, Blackwell. Rollinson, D. 2002. Organizational behavior. Boston, Addison Wesley. Ross, R.S., 1989. Small groups in organizational selling. Englewood Cliffs, NJ, Prentice

Hall. Rovio, E., Eskola, J., Kozub, S.A., Duda, J.L., Lintunen, T. 2009. Can high group cohesion

be harmful? A case study of a junior ice-hockey team. Small Group Research, 40(4), pp. 421–435.

Ruekert, R.W., Walker, O.C. Jr. 1987a. Marketing’s interaction with other functional units: a conceptual framework and empirical evidence. Journal of Marketing, 51(1), pp. 1–19.

Ruekert, R.W., Walker, O.C. Jr. 1987b. Marketing’s interaction with other functional units: a conceptual framework, and empirical evidence. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 7, pp. 200–212.

Rumelt, Richard, P. 1984. Towards a strategic theory of the firm. In competitive strategic management. Richard B. Lamb (ed.), Englewood Cliffs, NJ, Prentice Hall, pp. 566– 570.

Sanchez, R., Heene, A., Thomas, H. 1996. Introduction: towards the theory and practice of competence-based competition. Oxford, Pergamon Press.

Schatzman, L., Strauss, A. 1973. Field research: strategies for a natural sociology. Englewood Cliffs, NJ, Prentice Hall.

Scheuing, E. 1974. New product management. Hinsdale, The Darden Press. Schneider, J., Hall, J. 2011. Why most product launches fail. Harvard Business Review. http:/

hbr.org/2011/04/why-most-product-launches-fail/ar/1 (cited on the 12th Jan 2014). Schneider, S.K., Northcraft, G.B. 1999. Three social dilemmas of workforce diversity in

organizations: A social identity perspective. Human Relations, 52(11), pp. 1445–1467. Schoemaker, P., Amit, R. 1994. Investment in strategic sssets: industry and firm level

perspectives. In advances in strategic management (10A), Resource-based view of the firm, Srivastava, P., Huff, A.S., Dutton, J.E. (eds.), Greenwich, CT, JAI Press, pp. 3–33.

Schramm, W. 1971. Notes on case studies of instructional media projects. Stanford, Stanford University.

Schwenk, C.R.A., Cosier. 1993. Effects of consensus and devil’s advocacy on strategic decision making. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 23(2), pp. 126–139.

Schwenk, C., Valacich, J.S. 1995. Effects of devil’s advocacy and dialectical inquiry on individuals versus groups, organizational behavior and human decision processes, 59(2), pp. 210–222.

Seaman, C. 1999. Qualitative methods in empirical studies of software engineering. IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering, 25(4), pp. 557–572.

Page 169: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

167

Seidel, J., Kelley, U. 1995. Different functions of coding in the analysis of textual data. In

Kelle, U. (ed.) Computer-aided qualitative data analysis: theory, methods and practice. London, Sage Publications, pp. 52–61.

Selznick, P. 1957. Leadership in administration. Harper and Row, New York. Reprinted in Foss, N.J, (ed.), (1997). Resources, firms, and strategies. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Seppänen, V. 2000. Competence change in contract R&D. Analysis of project nets. Faculty of Economics and Business Administration. Oulu, University of Oulu.

Shah, H. 2010. Correlation between new product development and interdepartmental integration. International Journal of Business and Social Science, 1(2), pp. 222-238.

Shapiro, B.P. 1997. Can marketing and manufacturing coexist? Harvard Business Review, pp. 55(3), 104–114.

Shaw, M. 1971. Group dynamics: the psychology of small group behavior. New York, McGraw-Hill.

Shaw, V., Shaw, C.T., Enke, M. 2003. Conflict between engineers and marketers: the experience of German engineers. Industrial Marketing Management, 32(6), pp. 489– 499.

Shaw, V., Shaw, C.T., 1998. Conflict between engineers and marketers. Industrial Marketing management, 27(4), pp. 279–291.

Shy, U.S. 2011. Intellectual created playbook used in a revolution. The NY Times. 16th Feb 2011.

Shmidt, Jr., J.L., Zapalski, C., Toole, J. 2005. The relationship between intragroup dichotomization and bipolar groupthink. The Journal of Applied Management and Entrepreneurship, 10(2), pp. 35–57.

Siemsen, E. 2008. The hidden perils of career concerns in R&D organizations. Management Science, 54(5), pp. 863–877.

Silverman, D. 2000. Doing qualitative research: a practical handbook. Thousand Oaks, CA, Sage Publications.

Silverman, D. 2001. Interpreting qualitative data: methods for analyzing talk, text and interaction. Thousand Oaks, CA, Sage Publications.

Simons, T., Peterson, R. 2000. Task conflict and relationship conflict in top management teams: The pivotal role of intragroup trust. Journal of Applied Psychology, 85(1), pp.102– 111.

Simsarian, Webber, Sheila. 2002. Leadership and trust facilitating cross-functional team success, The Journal of Management Development, 21(3), pp. 201-214.

Sirmon, D.G., Hitt, M.A., Ireland, R.D. 2007. Managing firm resources in dynamic environments to create value: looking inside the black bbx. The Academy of Management Review, 32(1), pp. 273–292.

Skocpol, Theda. 1980. In states and social revolutions: a comparative analysis of France, Russia, and China. NY, Cambridge University Press.

Skogstad, A., Einarsen, S., Torsheim, T., Aasland, M.S., Hetland, H. 2007. The destructiveness of laissez-faire leadership behavior. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 12(1), pp. 80–92

Page 170: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

168

Slotegraaf, Rebecca J., Christine Moorman., Jeffry Inman. 2003. The role of firm resources in

returns to market development. Journal of Marketing Research, 40(8), pp. 295–309 Song, X.M., Parry, M.E. 1997. A cross-national comparative study of new product

development processes: Japan and the United States. Journal of Marketing, 61(2), pp. 1–18.

Song, X.M., Xile, J., Dyer, B. 2000. Antecedents and consequences of marketing managers’ conflict-handling behaviors. Journal of Marketing, 64(1), pp. 50–66.

Souder, W.E. 1981. Disharmony between R&D and marketing. Industrial Marketing Management 10(1), pp. 67–73.

Souder, W.E., 1988. Managing relations between R&D and marketing in the new product development process. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 5(3), pp. 6–19.

Srivastava, R.K., Shervani, T.A., Fahey, L. 1998. Market-based assets and shareholder value, a framework for analysis. Journal of Marketing, 62(1), pp. 2–18.

Stage Gate 2011. Winning at product innovation resources and insights for innovation executives. Product Development Institute, Toronto.

Stake, R.E. 1995. The Art of Case study research: perspective in practice. London, Sage Publications.

Stalk, G., Evans, P., Shulman, L. 1992. Competing on capabilities, the new rules of corporate strategy. Harvard Business Review, 70(2), pp. 57–69.

Stanton, J. 2013. Food and beverage manufacturers increasing number of new product developed. Journal of Food processing. http://www.foodprocessing.com/articles/2013/ increased-new-products/ (cited on the 26th Feb 2014).

Steiner, M.P., Solem, O. 1988. Factors for success in small manufacturing firms. Journal of Small Business Management, 26(1), pp. 51–56.

Stewart-Knox, B., Mitchell, P. 2003. What separates the winners from the losers in new food product development? Trends in Food Science & Technology, 14(1), pp. 58–64.

Strauss, A.L. 1987. Qualitative analysis for social scientists. NY, Cambridge University Press.

Strauss, A.L., Corbin, J.M. 1990. Basics of qualitative research: grounded theory procedures and Techniques. London, Sage Publications.

Süß, S., Kleiner, M. 2008. Dissemination of diversity management in Germany: a new institutional list approach. European Management Journal, 26(1), pp. 35–47.

Sultan, F., Barczak, G. 1999. Turning marketing research high-tech. Marketing Management, 8(4), pp. 24–29.

Taylor, S., Bogdan, R. 1998. Introduction to qualitative research methods (3rd ed.). Brisbane, John Wiley & Sons.

Takeuchi, H., Nonaka, I. 1986. The new product development game. Harvard Business Review, January-February, 64(1), pp. 137–146.

Teece, D.J., Pisano, G., Shuen, A. 1997. Dynamic capabilities and strategic management. Strategic Management Journal, 18(7), pp. 509–533.

Terwiesch, C., Xu, Y. 2008. Innovation contests, open innovation, and multiage problem Solving. Management Science, 54(9), pp. 1529 – 1543.

Tesch, R. 1990. Qualitative research: analysis types and software tools. NY, Falmer Press.

Page 171: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

169

Thamhain, H.J., Wilemon, D.L. 1975. Diagnosing con f l i c t determinants in Project

Management. IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management, 22(1), pp. 35–44. Thamhain, H.J., Wilemon, D.L.1977. Leadership, conflict, and program management

effectiveness. Sloan Management Review, 19(5), pp. 69–89. Thieme, R.J., Song, M., Shin, G.C. 2003. Project management characteristics and New

product survival. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 20(2), 104p. Thomas, K.W., Kilmann, R.H. 1978. Comparison of four instruments measuring conflict

Behavior. Psychological Reports, 42(3), pp. 1139–1145. Thomas, K.W. 1992. Conflict and negotiation processes in organizations. In Dunnette,

M.D., Hough, L.M., (eds.), Handbook of Industrial and Organizational Psychology, (2nd ed.), Volume 3, Consulting Psychologists Press, Palo Alto, CA, pp. 651-717.

Thomas, R.R. 1991. Beyond race and gender: unleashing the power of your total workforce by managing diversity. NY, AMACOM.

Tilebein, M., Stolarski, V. 2008. Diversity in research and development team. In advanced project management challenges, practical experiences, perspectives, Mayer, T., Forest, A., Gleich, R., Wagner, R. (eds.), Germany, University Stuttgart, Institute of diversity studies, pp. 53 – 70.

Ting-Peng., Chih-Chung Liu., Tse-Min Lin., Binshan Lin. 2007. Effect of team diversity on software project performance. Industrial Management & Data Systems, Group Publishing Ltd, 107(5), pp. 636-653.

Tjosvold, D., Poon, M. 1998. Dealing with scarce resources: open minded interaction for resolving budget conflicts. Group and Organization Management, 23(3), pp. 237–255.

Tsui, A.S., Egan, T.D., Xin, K.R. 1995. Diversity in organizations: lessons from demography research. In M. Chembers, S. Oskamp, & M. A. Costanso (eds.), Diversity in organizations: New perspectives for a changing workplace. London, Sage Publications, pp. 191–219

Ulrich, K.T., Eppinger, S.D. 2011. Product design and development. Boston, McGraw Hill. Ulkuniemi, P. 2003. Purchasing software components at the dawn of market. Oulu, Department of Marketing, University of Oulu.

Ulkuniemi, P. 2003. Purchasing software components at the dawn of market. Oulu, Department of Marketing, University of Oulu.

Urban, G.L., Hauser, J.R. 1993. Design and marketing of New Products (2nd ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ, Prentice Hall.

Utterback, J.M. 1994. Mastering the dynamics of innovation: how companies can seize opportunities in the face of technological Change? Boston, MA, Harvard Business School Press.

Van de Ven, A.H., Ferry, D.L. 1980. Measuring and assessing organizations. New York, John Wiley and Sons.

Van Knippenberg, D., Schippers, M.C. 2007. Work group diversity. Annual Review of Psychology, 58(1), pp. 515–541.

Vaaland, T.I., Håkansson, H. 2003. Exploring inter-organizational conflict in complex projects: Finland. Industrial Marketing Management, 32(2), pp. 127–138.

Page 172: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

170

Valle, S., Avella, L. 2003. Cross-functionality and leadership of new product development

teams. European Journal of Innovation Management, 6(1), pp. 32–48. Verderber, R.F., & Verderber, K.S. 1995. Inter-act: using interpersonal communication

skills. Belmont, California, Wadsworth Publishing Company. Verma, S. 2010. New product newness and benefit; a study of software products from

firms’ perspective. Mälardalen, Sweden, Mälardalen University Press. Wagner, L., Ehrenmann, S. 2010. How diversity management supports the fuzzy front end

of innovation. proceedings of the XXI International Society for Professional Innovation Management: The dynamics of innovation conference, Bilbao, Spain, 6-9 June 2010, Manchester, ISPIM.

Wagner, W.G., Pfeffer, J., O’Reilly, C.A. 1984. Organizational demography and turnover in top-management groups. Administrative Science Quarterly, 29(1), pp. 74–92.

Wallace, Thomas F., Stahl, R. 2008. Sales & operations planning – the how-to handbook. U.S.A, T. F. Wallace & Company.

Watson, W.E., Kumar, K., Michaelsen, L.K. 1993. Cultural diversity’s impact on interaction process and performance: comparing homogeneous and task groups. Academy of Management Journal, 36(3), pp. 590–602.

Weber, Thomas. 2004. Gandhi as disciple and mentor. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.

Webber, S.S. 2002. Leadership and trust facilitating cross-functional team success. Journal of management development, 21(3), pp. 201–214.

Wernerfelt, B. 1984. A resource-based view of the firm. Strategic Management Journal, 5(4-5), pp. 171–80.

Wheelwright, S.C., Clark, K.B., 1992. Revolutionizing Product Development. NY, The Free Press.

Williams, K.Y., O’Reilly, C.A., III. 1998. Demography and diversity in organizations: a review of 40 years of research. Research in Organizational Behavior, 20 pp. 77–140,

Williams, R.J., Hoffman, J.J., Lamont, B.T. 1995. The influence of top management team characteristics of M-firm implementation time. Journal of Managerial issues, 7(4), pp. 466–480.

Wind, Y.J. 1982. Product policy: concepts, methods and strategy. Menlo Park, CA, Addison- Wesley Publishing Company.

Winger, R.J., Wall, G. 2006. Food product innovation. a background paper. Agriculture and engineering Working document 2. Rome, Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations.

Woodcock, D.J., Mosey, S.P., Wood, T.B.W. 2000. New product development in British SMEs. European Journal of Innovation Management, 3(4), pp. 212–222.

Wolcott, H.F. 1994. The art of fieldwork. Walnut Creek, CA, AltaMira Press. Xie, J., Song, M., Stringfellow, A. 1998. Inter-functional conflict, conflict resolution

styles, and new product success: a four-culture comparison, Management Science, 44(12), 192p.

Page 173: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

171

Xie, J., Song, M., Stringfellow, A. 2003. Antecedents and consequences of goal incongruity on

new product envelopment in five countries: marketing view. The Journal of Product Innovation Management, 20(3), pp. 233–250.

Yin, R.K. 1989. Case study research. Design and methods. Newbury Park, CA, Sage Publications.

Yin, R.K. 1994. Case study research: design and methods (2nd ed.). Beverly Hills, CA, Sage Publications, pp. 6,7,13, 18 & 25.

Yin, R.K. 2003. Case study research: Design and methods (3rd ed.). Applied social research methods series, (5), pp. 3-6, 13 & 14. Thousand Oaks, CA, Sage Publications.

Yin, R.K. 2009. Case study research: design and methods (4th ed.). Applied Social Research Methods Series, (5), pp. 8- 9 & 116. Thousand Oaks, CA, Sage Publications.

Zirger, B.J., Hartley, J.L, 1996. The effect of acceleration techniques on product development time. IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management, 43(2), pp. 143–152.

Internet sources

http://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/diversity. (cited on the 12th June 2011). http://www.marketingpower.com/_layouts/Dictionary.aspx?dLetter(cited on the 12th June 2011).

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Conflict_theory (cited on the 12th June 2011). http://www.newworldencyclopedia.org/entry/Conflict_theory?oldid=685526 (cited on the 12th June 2011). http://wiki.answers.com/Q/Define_perceived_conflict) (cited on the 12th June 2011).

http://www.gtz.de/en/themen/wirtschaft-beschaeftigung?privatwirtschaft/3572.html (cited on the 13th June 2011. http://www.studentpugwash.org/uk/WG5.pdf. (cited on the 13th June 2011. http://www.investorwords.com/6655/sales_growth.html (cited on the 13th June 2011)

http://retailvelocity.blogspot.com/2008/04/new-product-introductions-success-rates.html (cited on the 13th June 2011).

Page 174: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

172

Page 175: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

173

Appendix 1 Additional terms

Marketing & Selling

Marketing is the art and science of choosing target markets and getting, keeping, and growing customers through creating, delivering, and communicating superior customer value (Kotler & Keller Lane Kelvin 2006); The “personal or impersonal process whereby the salesperson ascertains, activates, and satisfies the needs of the buyer to the mutual, continuous benefit of both buyer and seller” (American Association of Marketing 2012).

Selling is the final step one takes to “close a sale” and converts a prospective buyer into a customer, or “making a conversion” (Charles Hopkins 2007).

Line Extension (LE)

Refers the product using the same brand name to launch new variants in the same product category (Kalpesh & Wayne 1993).

Brand Extension (BE)

Refers one of the new product development strategies which can reduce financial risk by using the parent brand name to enhance consumers' perception due to the core brand equity (Muroma & Saari 1996).

Page 176: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

174

Page 177: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

175

Appendix 2 Interview themes for staff of JEM4A

Cross-functional team: Staff of JEM4A (internal)

In interviewing the cross-functional teams of JEM4A ltd (Staff) the following questions, indicating themes, were asked.

1. Could you describe how you have been involved in new product launches in your career?

2. Could you list the new products launched for the last 5 years in the present company?

3. In addition to the internal stakeholders’ (cross-functional teams’) involvement, are any external parties involved either directly or indirectly in new product launches?

4. In your perception, how do customers or end-users (consumers) look at new product launches?

5- How do you find your top management involvement /support in new product launches?

6. From your viewpoint what are the factors in general that affect new product launches?

7. Could you shed some light on how human-related, organizational, process- related, technological, quality, etc. affect new product launches?

8. Describe your own function’s main role in new product launches, and what other functions are important and why?

9. Could you describe the biggest successes and failures that you have ever seen, and justify why these were such?

10. What do you consider as an opposite opinion, a disagreement and a true con- flict, and why and how do people in practice try to prevent them in the working environment?

11. Could you describe what the consequences of conflicts are, how long they last, and what strategies were used to resolve and how far the conflicts were re- solved?

Page 178: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

176

12. What are the other problems/advantages that you face related to new product launches within your department and other departments. a. your department (marketing)? b. Sales? c. Product Development? d. Manufacturing e. Human Resources f. Finance

13. How do you think the new product launch should be handled?

14. How did you use the above the line (ATL) and below the line (BTL) activities for new product?

15. Can you shed some light (if you are aware) how your competitors manage new product launches?

Page 179: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

177

Appendix 3 Interview themes for Chief and Deputy Chief Officers

Cross-functional team: Staff of JEM4A (internal)

In interviewing the cross-functional teams of JEM4A ltd (Top management) the following questions were asked, indicative of different themes.

1. All the interviewees spoke highly about the quality of the product and brand equity? I would like to have your comments please?

2- How far is the implementation of S&OP helping with regard to new product launches?

3. Could you shed some light on how conflict which is human-related, organiza- tional, process-related, technological, quality-focused, etc. affects new product launches?

4. Could you describe the biggest successes and failures that you have ever seen, and justify your choices?

5. The interviewees were asked which of the following interdepartmental conflicts significantly contribute to new product failure: Erratic supply, Not launching the product on time, Excessive orders of raw and packaging materials, Poor communication or deliberate blockage of information between departments, Lack of delegation and empowerment, Resistance to change and centralized control or Any other conflicts

6. Could you describe what the consequences of conflicts are, how long they last, what strategies were used to resolve them and how far the conflicts were re- solved?

7. Can you shed some light (if you are aware) how your competitors manage new product launches?

8. Do you have adequate resources, for instance, marketing (ATL & BTL), hu- man and technological?

9. Like S&OP, the success rate for NPL can be increased if you have cross-func- tional team involvement in NPL; do you agree?

10. The interview respondents said that lack of team integration, poor communica- tion and coordination between departments could be the reasons for new prod- ucts failing; I would appreciate your comments, please.

Page 180: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

178

Page 181: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

179

Appendix 4 Interview themes for the four directors of the machinery and packaging supplier (external party)

The directors were in charge of Marketing, Sales, Finance and Key Accounts in JEM4A’s external supplier. In interviewing these four, the answers to the following questions raised corresponding themes.

1. According to your experience, how many new products, on average, can a company launch in a year, including line extension?

2. What were the success rates for new product launches for the Juice industry in the last two years?

3. In your perception, how do the other parties (distributors, sales outlets, end- users) look at new product launches?

4- From your viewpoint what factors in general affect new product launches?

5. Could you shed some light on how conflicts which are human-related, organi- zational, process-related, technological, quality-focused, etc. affect new prod- uct launches?

6. Could you describe the biggest successes and failures that you have witnessed with Al Rabie and justify your choices?

7. Do you encounter any disagreements and genuine conflict with Al Rabie team? What do you think the reasons are and can they be prevented in a working en- vironment?

8. Does Al Rabie order the packaging material on time with regard to new prod- ucts?

9. Is your machinery technologically compatible/flexible in Al Rabie’s new prod- uct launches?

10. What are the other problems/advantages do you face with regard to new prod- uct launches with Al Rabie?

a. Marketing? b. Sales? c. Product Development? d. Manufacturing

Page 182: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

180

11. In the recent launch of Dream Caps and 120ml milk and juice, Al Rabie faced difficulties with the Tetra Pak packaging lines. Could you comment on this problem?

12. What marketing support do you offer to Al Rabie with regard to their new product launches?

13. Can you shed some light (if you are aware) how other Juice companies are managing new product launches?

Page 183: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

181

Appendix 5 Interview themes for the Advertising Agent (External party)

In interviewing the CEO of the Advertising Agent (external party) of JEM4A Ltd, relevant themes were raised by the following questions.

1. According to your experience, how many new products, on average, can a company launch in a year, including line extension?

2. What were the success rates for new product launches in the Juice Industry in the last two years?

3. In your perception how do the other parties (distributors, sales outlets, end- users) look at new product launches?

4- From your viewpoint, what factors in general affect new product launches?

5. Could you shed some light on how conflicts which are human-related, organi- zational, process-related, technological, quality-focused, etc. affect new prod- uct launches?

6. Could you describe your company’s role with regard to new product launches for Al Rabie?

7. Do you encounter any disagreements and genuine conflict with the Al Rabie team? what do you think the reasons are and could they be prevented in a work- ing environment?

8. What are the problems /advantages that you face with regard to new product launches with Al Rabie?

9. What marketing support do you offer to Al Rabie with regard to their new product launches?

10. Can you shed some light (if you are aware) on how other Juice companies are managing new product launches?

Page 184: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

182

Page 185: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

183

Appendix 6 Interview themes for Competitors

Title: Interview with the Marketing Manager In interviewing the Marketing Manager of affirm competing with JEM4A the following questions raised pertinent themes.

1. Could you describe how you have been involved in new product launches in

your career?

2. Could you list the new products launched in the last 5 years by your company?

3. In addition to the involvement of internal stakeholders (cross-functional teams), are any external parties involved either directly or indirectly in your new product launches?

4. In your perception, how do the customers or end-users (consumers) look at new product launches?

5- How do you find your top management involvement /support in new product launches?

6. From your viewpoint, what factors in general affect new product launches?

7. Could you shed some light on how conflicts which are human-related, organi- zational, process-related, technological, quality-focused, etc. affect new prod- uct launches?

8. Describe the main role taken by someone in your position in new product launches: what other post-holders are important and why?

9. Could you describe the biggest successes and failures that you have ever seen, and justify your choices?

10. Do you face the following interdepartmental conflicts, which significantly con- tribute to new product failure? Please comment:

Erratic supply Not launching the product on time Excessive orders of raw and pack material Poor communication or deliberate blockage of information between departments Lack of delegation and empowerment Resistance to change and centralized control

Page 186: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

184

Conflict on machine compatibility Or Any other conflicts you feel which seriously affect the new product launches.

11. Could you describe what the consequences of conflicts are, how long they last, what strategies are used to resolve them and how far the conflicts are resolved?

12. Do you have high quality products? And how do rate your brand equity? I would like to have your comments, please.

13. Do you have adequate resources such as marketing (ATL & BTL), human and technological?

14. How did you use the above the line (ATL) and below the line (BTL) activities for new products?

15. How much do you spend on ATL & BTL for new product launches? (You can give approximate value (Sr) or the percentage of gross sales.)

16. Do you carry out post launch activities? If yes, can you please elaborate?

17. Do you carry out integrated marketing with regard to new product launches?

18. Can you shed some light (if you are aware) how your competitors manage new product launches?

19. Do you have a dedicated cross-functional team for new product launches? If yes, can you specify the team members, i.e. the department(s) that they come from?

20. How do you rate the team integration and communication between depart- ments and within each department? Your comments, please.

Page 187: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

185 185

Appendix 7 List of empirical material gathered

Table A. 1 The market segment for the dairy category.

Category Product Market Segmentation

Spreadable fats

Consists of Margarine, dairy spreads – regular, butter and dairy spreads – functional.

Led by margarine (representing 39% of the total value) followed by dairy spreads – regular and butter, with a 32.1% and 28.2% market share, respectively. Dairy spreads – functional accounts for the remaining 0.7% share.

Soy Products

Consists of Soy milk, soy drinks and soy desserts.

Led by soy milk (representing 85.4% of the total value) followed by soy drinks, with a 10.7% share. Soy des- serts accounts for the remaining 3.8% share.

Cheese Consists of processed and natural cheese.

Led by processed cheese (representing 53% of the total value), with natural cheese accounting for the remaining 47% share.

Chilled Desserts

Consists of cheesecakes, flans, mousses

Account for 1% share of the total Saudi Arabian dairy market.

Cream Consists of Sour cream and long-life products, e.g. Meadow Fresh cream

Accounts for a 5.6% share of the total Saudi Arabian dairy market.

Milk Consists of long-life liquid milk (unflavored), powdered milk, concentrated milk, fresh liquid milk (unflavored), long-life liquid milk (flavored) and fresh liquid milk (flavored).

Led by long-life liquid milk (unflavored) (representing 38.5% of the total value) followed by powdered milk and concentrated milk, with a 25% and 20.6% market share, respectively. Fresh liquid milk (unflavored), long- life liquid milk (flavored) and fresh liquid milk (flavored) constitute the remaining segments with an 8.8%, 5.8% and 1.3% market share, respectively.

Fromage Frais

Consists of cheese–based, semi-set products with added sugar.

Accounts for a 1.7% share of the total Saudi Arabian dairy market.

Yoghurt Consists of yoghurt drinks and standard yogurt.

Led by yogurt drinks (representing 64.7% of the total value), with standard yogurt accounting for the remai- ning 35.3% share.

Source: Data Monitor 2011.

Page 188: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

186

Table A. 2 The market segment for JNSD category.

Category Product Market Segmentation

Concentrates Consists of liquid and powder concentrates

Let by liquid concentrates (representing 58.4%of the total value) with powder concentrates accounting for the remaining 41.6% share.

Functional Drinks

Consists of sport, energy and nutraceutical drinks

Led by sport drinks (representing 44.4% of the total value) followed by energy drinks with a 44% share. Nutraceutical drinks accounts for the remaining 11.5% share.

Juices Consists of nectar (30%-99% juice), fruit drink (0-29% juice), 100% fruit juice (from concentrate), 100% fruit juice (not from concentrate) and vegetable juice.

Led by nectar (30%-99% juice) (representing 30.3% of the total value) followed by fruit drink (0-29%juice) and 100% fruit juice (from concentrate), with a 29.8% and 23.3% market share, respectively. 100% fruit juice (not from concentrate) and vegetable juice constitute the remaining segments with a 9.4% and 7.2% market share, respectively

RTD tea &Coffee

Consists of RTD tea and RTD coffee

Led by RTD tea (representing 82.7% of the total value), with RTD coffee accounting for the remaining 17.3% share.

Smoothies Consists of fruit-based and dairy-based smoothies

Led by fruit-based smoothies representing 90.5% of the total value, with dairy-based smoothies accounting for the remaining 9.5% share.

Source: Data Monitor 2011.

Page 189: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

187

Table A. 3 Tetra pak key statistical information as at March 2012.

Description 2011 2012

Packaging machines in operation 8,688 Packaging machines delivered 520 Processing units in operation 66,003

Processing units delivered 2,250 Distribution units in operation 16,794

Distribution units delivered 1,659 Factories for machine assembly 9

Production plants for packaging material and closures 42

Countries where Tetra Pak packages are available 170

Market companies 38

Sales offices 79

Number of employees 22,896

Technical training centers 16

R&D centers 11

Number of liters of products sold in Tetra packages (m) 75,686 Net sales in million (Euros ) 10,360

Page 190: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

188

Table A.4 Interview schedule for JEM4A staff (internal)

Department Title Mode of interview Place or type of interview

Product Development Head of PD Face to face group interview (2 staff)

PD office

Product Development Deputy head of PD Product Development Chief Officer Email Official email

Sales & Marketing Chief Officer Email Official email

Sales & Marketing Deputy Chief Officer Email Official email

Marketing Head of Marketing Email Official email

Marketing Demand Manager Face to face Researcher’s office

Marketing Category Manager 1 Email Official email

Marketing Category Manager 2 Face to face Researcher’s Office

Marketing Category Manager 3 Face to face Researcher’s Office

Marketing Category Manager 4 Face to face Researcher’s home

Marketing Head of Merchandising Email Official email

Sales & Distribution Head of S& D Face to face Respondent’s home

Sales & Distribution Head of HORECA Email Official email

Sales & Distribution Head of Key accounts Face to face Researcher’s office

Sales & Distribution Head of Wholesale Email Official email

Sales & Distribution Regional Head 1 Face to face Respondent’s office

Sales & Distribution Regional Head 2 Email Official email

Sales & Distribution Regional Head 3 Email Official email

Sales & Distribution Regional Head 4 Email Official email

Manufacturing Head of Production Face to face Researcher’s office

Manufacturing Head of Supply Email Official email

Manufacturing Head of Engineering Email Official email

Resources Chief Officer Email Official email

Finance & Controllership

Deputy head of Finance Face to face Researcher’s office

Finance & Controllership

Sectional head 1 Face to face Researcher’s office

Finance & Controllership

Sectional head 2 Face to face Researcher’s office

Internal Audit Chief Officer Email Official email

Strategic Management Chief Officer Email Official email

Page 191: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

189

Table A. 5 Interview schedule for external stakeholders

Title Mode of interview Place or type of interview

Supplier of Machinery and Packaging Material

Director Marketing Email Official email

Director Key accounts

Director Factory

Director Finance

Advertising Agent CEO Email Official email

`

Table A. 6 Interview schedule for Competitors

External Stakeholders Title Mode of interview Place of interview

Competitor 1 Marketing manager Email Official email

Competitor 2 Sales & Distribution manager

Email Official email

Page 192: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

190

Figure B. 1 The organization of data in Nvivo 10

Page 193: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

191

Figure B. 2 The organization of data collection from JEM4A staff in Nvivo 10

Page 194: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

192

Figure B. 3 The organization of data collection from Tetra Pak staff in Nvivo 10

Figure B. 4 The organization of data collection from the CEO of Advertising Agent in Nvivo 10

Page 195: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

193

Figure B. 5. The organization of data collection from Competitors in Nvivo 10.

Page 196: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

194

Figure B. 6 The coding at macro level

Page 197: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

195

Figure B. 7 The coding structure for functional diversity

Page 198: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

196

Figure B. 8 The coding structure for functional resources

Page 199: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

197

Figure B. 9 The coding structure for cross-functional conflicts

Page 200: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

198

Figure B. 10 The coding structure for new product launches

Page 201: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

199

Appendix 8 List of Figures

1. Dissertation structure ......................................................................................... 24 2. Degree of conflict vs. degree of collaboration ................................................ 43 3. Conflict management model ............................................................................. 44 4. Theoretical model of CFC in NPL ................................................................... 50 5. Success/failure rates for 3 levels of performance ............................................ 57 6. The Empirical research data ............................................................................. 66 7. Key segmentation of JNSD Industry ................................................................ 83 8. The present NPD process of JEM4A ............................................................. 133 9. Revised model of CFC in NPL ....................................................................... 135

Page 202: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

200

Page 203: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

201

Appendix 9 List of Tables

1. Types of diversity and its attributes .................................................................. 27 2. VIRO framework ............................................................................................... 34 3. Types of conflict and its effect on the cross-functional .................................. 39 4. Patterns in team conflict.................................................................................... 56 5. Reasons for choosing the single-case study design ......................................... 63 6. Unit of analysis .................................................................................................. 65 7. Sales and operational planning meetings ......................................................... 69 8. The data reduction and analysis process........................................................... 76 9. Dairy category market size ................................................................................ 81 10. JNSD category market size ............................................................................... 83 11. Identification and description of failed products ............................................. 86 12. Failed product of P1 .......................................................................................... 88 13. Conflict enablers for P1 .................................................................................... 90 14. CFC for P1 ......................................................................................................... 91 15. The impact on the failed product of P1 in NPL ............................................... 92 16. Failed product of P2 .......................................................................................... 93 17. Conflict enablers for P2 .................................................................................... 95 18. CFC for P2 ......................................................................................................... 96 19. The impact on the failed product of P2 in NPL ............................................... 97 20. Failed product of P3 .......................................................................................... 98 21. Conflict enablers for P3 .................................................................................. 100 22. CFC for P3 ....................................................................................................... 101 23. The impact on the failed product of P3 in NPL ............................................. 102 24. Failed product of P4 ........................................................................................ 103 25. Conflict enablers for P4 .................................................................................. 105 26. CFC for P4 ....................................................................................................... 106 27. The impact on the failed product of P4 in NPL ............................................. 107 28. Failed product for P5 ...................................................................................... 108 29. Conflict enablers for P5 ................................................................................. 109 30. CFC for P5 ....................................................................................................... 111 31. The impact on the failed product of P5 in NPL ............................................. 111 32. The impact on the failed products from products P1- ...................................112

Page 204: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

202

Page 205: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

203

Appendix 10 List of Abbreviations

AOR Agency of Record ATL Above the Line B2B Business to Business BE Brand Extension BOQ Bill of Quantity BTL Below the Line CA Competitive Advantage CAGR Compound Annual Growth Rate CCO Chief Commercial Officer CEO Chief Executive Officer CFC Cross-functional conflicts CFI Cross-functional Integration CFR Cross-functional resources CFT Cross-functional Team COO Chief Operating Officer CPG Consumer Packaged Goods CRS Conflict Resolution Styles CSD Carbonated Soft Drinks DT Diversity Theory FAO Food and Agriculture Organization FCOJ Frozen Concentrated Orange Juice FD Functional Diversity FMCG Fast Moving Consumer Goods GCC Gulf Cooperation Council GDP Gross Domestic Product HDPE High Density Poly Ethylene IMC Integrated Marketing Communication IMES Institute for Middle East Studies IRI International Research Institute JNSD Juice, Nectar and Still Drinks KD Knowledge Diversity KPI Key Performance Indicator LE Line Extension

Page 206: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

204

MENA Middle East and North Africa MPS Master Production Schedule MS Market Share NB New Brand NP New Product NPD New Product Development NPL New Product Launch NRB Non-Returnable Bottles OT Organized Trade OTIFQ On Time In Full and Quality P1 Product One P2 Product Two P3 Product Three P4 Product Four P5 Product Five PD Product Development PET Poly Ethylene Terephthalate PF Product Failure POS Point of Sales PS Product Success RBV Resource Based View RRP Resources Requirement Plan R&D Research and Development SAR Saudi Arabian Riyals SCA Sustained Competitive Advantage SD Social Diversity SKU Stock Keeping Unit S&OP Sales and Operation Planning SVG Sales Volume Growth UAE United Arab Emirates UK United Kingdom USA United States of America USD United States Dollars VD Value Diversity VIRO Value Rare Imitable and Organization VMR Vendor-Managed Replenishment WS Wholesale

Page 207: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful
Page 208: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

A C T A U N I V E R S I T A T I S O U L U E N S I S

Book orders:Granum: Virtual book storehttp://granum.uta.fi/granum/

S E R I E S G O E C O N O M I C A

53. Juho, Anita (2011) Accelerated internationalisation as a network-basedinternational opportunity development process

54. Vilmi, Lauri (2012) Studies in the macroeconomic implications of firm entry andexit

55. Orjasniemi, Seppo (2012) Studies on the macroeconomics of monetary union

56. Kauppinen, Antti (2012) The event of organisational entrepreneurship : disruptingthe reigning order and creating new spaces for play and innovation

57. Mäkimurto-Koivumaa, Soili (2012) Effectuation in embedded and enquiry-basedentrepreneurship education : essays for renewing engineering education at Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences

58. Ruopsa, Jukka (2013) Laatu ja työprosessi : diskurssien taistelu rakennustyömaalla

59. Pernu, Elina (2013) MNC making sense of global customer relationships

60. Lehtimäki, Tuula (2013) The contextual nature of launching industrial newproducts

61. Palo, Teea (2014) Business model captured? : variation in the use of businessmodels

62. Lim, Cheryl (2014) What’s in it for me? : organizational commitment amongfaculty members in UAE business schools

63. Almarri, Jasem (2014) Social entrepreneurship in practice : the multifacetednature of social entrepreneurship and the role of the state within an Islamiccontext

64. Lantto, Anna-Maija (2014) International Financial Reporting Standards adoption ina continental European context: perspectives of preparers

65. Kantola, Hannele (2014) Management accounting change in public health care

66. Khan, Asadullah (2014) Improving Performance of Construction Projects in theUAE : multi cultural and decent work perspectives

67. Tolonen, Pekka (2014) Three essays on hedge fund performance

68. Jansson, Noora (2014) Discursive practices in organizational change

69. Saarela, Helinä (2014) The influence of self-perceived, subjective attributes oninvestment behavior

70. Ojansivu, Ilkka (2014) Exploring the underlying dynamics of buyer-sellerinteraction in project afterlife

Page 209: Cross-functional conflicts in new product launches in the food ...jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789526206455.pdfand Prof. Veikko Seppanen. I am deeply indebted and extremely grateful

ABCDEFG

UNIVERSITY OF OULU P .O. B 00 F I -90014 UNIVERSITY OF OULU FINLAND

A C T A U N I V E R S I T A T I S O U L U E N S I S

S E R I E S E D I T O R S

SCIENTIAE RERUM NATURALIUM

HUMANIORA

TECHNICA

MEDICA

SCIENTIAE RERUM SOCIALIUM

SCRIPTA ACADEMICA

OECONOMICA

EDITOR IN CHIEF

PUBLICATIONS EDITOR

Professor Esa Hohtola

University Lecturer Santeri Palviainen

Postdoctoral research fellow Sanna Taskila

Professor Olli Vuolteenaho

University Lecturer Veli-Matti Ulvinen

Director Sinikka Eskelinen

Professor Jari Juga

Professor Olli Vuolteenaho

Publications Editor Kirsti Nurkkala

ISBN 978-952-62-0644-8 (Paperback)ISBN 978-952-62-0645-5 (PDF)ISSN 1455-2647 (Print)ISSN 1796-2269 (Online)

U N I V E R S I TAT I S O U L U E N S I SACTAG

OECONOMICA

G 71

ACTA

Abdul K

areem M

ohamed A

shraf

OULU 2014

G 71

Abdul Kareem Mohamed Ashraf

CROSS-FUNCTIONAL CONFLICTS IN NEW PRODUCT LAUNCHES INTHE FOOD INDUSTRY

UNIVERSITY OF OULU GRADUATE SCHOOL;UNIVERSITY OF OULU,OULU BUSINESS SCHOOL,DEPARTMENT OF MARKETING